Document:

EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 
 Execution Version 
  

 
  

 
 JARDEN
CORPORATION 
 (Issuer) 
 THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 (Guarantors) 

1 
1/2% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2019 

INDENTURE 
 Dated
as of June 12, 2013 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 

(Trustee) 
  

 
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
		
	ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	 	1	  
			
	Section 1.01	 	Definitions	  	 	1	  
		
	ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES	  	 	19	  
			
	Section 2.01	 	Designation, Amount and Issuance of Notes	  	 	19	  
	Section 2.02	 	Form of the Notes	  	 	20	  
	Section 2.03	 	Date and Denomination of Notes; Payment at Maturity; Payment of Interest	  	 	21	  
	Section 2.04	 	Execution and Authentication	  	 	22	  
	Section 2.05	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	22	  
	Section 2.06	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	23	  
	Section 2.07	 	Holder Lists	  	 	23	  
	Section 2.08	 	Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer	  	 	24	  
	Section 2.09	 	Replacement Notes	  	 	28	  
	Section 2.10	 	Outstanding Notes	  	 	28	  
	Section 2.11	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	29	  
	Section 2.12	 	Repurchase and Cancellation	  	 	29	  
	Section 2.13	 	Defaulted Interest	  	 	29	  
	Section 2.14	 	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers	  	 	30	  
		
	ARTICLE 3 REPURCHASE OF NOTES	  	 	31	  
			
	Section 3.01	 	Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change	  	 	31	  
	Section 3.02	 	Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice	  	 	34	  
	Section 3.03	 	Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price	  	 	34	  
	Section 3.04	 	Notes Repurchased in Part	  	 	34	  
	Section 3.05	 	Covenant to Comply with Securities Laws Upon Repurchase of Notes	  	 	35	  
		
	ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS	  	 	35	  
			
	Section 4.01	 	Payment of Notes	  	 	35	  
	Section 4.02	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	35	  
	Section 4.03	 	Reports; Rule 144A Information	  	 	36	  
	Section 4.04	 	Existence	  	 	36	  
	Section 4.05	 	Compliance Certificate	  	 	36	  
	Section 4.06	 	[Reserved.]	  	 	37	  
	Section 4.07	 	Notification of Rule 144 Additional Interest or Reporting Additional Interest	  	 	37	  
	Section 4.08	 	[Reserved.]	  	 	37	  
	Section 4.09	 	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws	  	 	37	  
	Section 4.10	 	Rule 144 Additional Interest	  	 	37	  

  
 i 

							
		
	ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSOR COMPANY	  	 	38	  
			
	Section 5.01	 	Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets of the Company	  	 	38	  
	Section 5.02	 	Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets of the Guarantors	  	 	38	  
	Section 5.03	 	Successor to Be Substituted	  	 	39	  
	Section 5.04	 	Opinion of Counsel to Be Given to the Trustee	  	 	39	  
		
	ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	 	39	  
			
	Section 6.01	 	Events of Default	  	 	39	  
	Section 6.02	 	Acceleration	  	 	42	  
	Section 6.03	 	Other Remedies	  	 	43	  
	Section 6.04	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	43	  
	Section 6.05	 	Control by Majority	  	 	44	  
	Section 6.06	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	44	  
	Section 6.07	 	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	44	  
	Section 6.08	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	45	  
	Section 6.09	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	45	  
	Section 6.10	 	Priorities	  	 	45	  
	Section 6.11	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	45	  
	Section 6.12	 	Failure to Comply with Reporting Covenant	  	 	46	  
		
	ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE	  	 	46	  
			
	Section 7.01	 	Duties of Trustee	  	 	46	  
	Section 7.02	 	Rights of Trustee	  	 	47	  
	Section 7.03	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	49	  
	Section 7.04	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	49	  
	Section 7.05	 	Notice of Defaults	  	 	49	  
	Section 7.06	 	[Reserved.]	  	 	50	  
	Section 7.07	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	50	  
	Section 7.08	 	[Reserved.]	  	 	51	  
	Section 7.09	 	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	51	  
	Section 7.10	 	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	 	51	  
	Section 7.11	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	52	  
		
	ARTICLE 8 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE	  	 	52	  
			
	Section 8.01	 	Discharge of Liability on Notes	  	 	52	  
	Section 8.02	 	Application of Trust Money	  	 	53	  
	Section 8.03	 	Repayment to Company	  	 	53	  
	Section 8.04	 	Reinstatement	  	 	53	  
		
	ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS	  	 	53	  
			
	Section 9.01	 	Without Consent of Holders	  	 	53	  
	Section 9.02	 	With Consent of Holders	  	 	55	  
	Section 9.03	 	[Reserved.]	  	 	56	  

  
 ii 

							
	Section 9.04	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	  	 	56	  
	Section 9.05	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	56	  
	Section 9.06	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments	  	 	56	  
		
	ARTICLE 10 CONVERSION OF NOTES	  	 	57	  
			
	Section 10.01	 	Right to Convert	  	 	57	  
	Section 10.02	 	 Conversion Procedures; Settlement Upon Conversion; No Adjustment for Interest or Dividends; Cash Payments in Lieu of
Fractional Shares
	  	 	58	  
	Section 10.03	 	Adjustment to Conversion Rate Upon a Make-Whole Fundamental Change	  	 	62	  
	Section 10.04	 	Adjustment of Conversion Rate	  	 	64	  
	Section 10.05	 	Effect of Reclassifications, Business Combinations, Asset Sales and Corporate Events	  	 	73	  
	Section 10.06	 	Certain Covenants	  	 	74	  
	Section 10.07	 	Trustee Disclaimer	  	 	74	  
		
	ARTICLE 11 SUBORDINATION	  	 	75	  
			
	Section 11.01	 	Agreement to Subordinate	  	 	75	  
	Section 11.02	 	Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy	  	 	75	  
	Section 11.03	 	Default on Senior Debt of Guarantor	  	 	75	  
	Section 11.04	 	Acceleration of Payment of Notes	  	 	76	  
	Section 11.05	 	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over	  	 	76	  
	Section 11.06	 	Subrogation	  	 	77	  
	Section 11.07	 	Relative Rights	  	 	77	  
	Section 11.08	 	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Company	  	 	77	  
	Section 11.09	 	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agents	  	 	77	  
	Section 11.10	 	Distribution or Notice to Representative	  	 	78	  
	Section 11.11	 	Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Rights to Accelerate	  	 	78	  
	Section 11.12	 	[Reserved.]	  	 	78	  
	Section 11.13	 	Trustee Entitled to Rely	  	 	78	  
	Section 11.14	 	Trustee to Effectuate Subordination	  	 	78	  
	Section 11.15	 	Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of the Company	  	 	78	  
	Section 11.16	 	Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of the Company on Subordination Provisions	  	 	79	  
		
	ARTICLE 12 GUARANTEES	  	 	79	  
			
	Section 12.01	 	Guarantees	  	 	79	  
	Section 12.02	 	Limitation on Liability	  	 	80	  
	Section 12.03	 	Successors and Assigns	  	 	80	  
	Section 12.04	 	No Waiver	  	 	81	  
	Section 12.05	 	[Reserved.]	  	 	81	  
	Section 12.06	 	Release of Guarantor	  	 	81	  
	Section 12.07	 	Contribution	  	 	81	  

  
 iii

							
	Section 12.08	 	Parity with Guarantees Delivered Under the 2007 Indenture, the 2010 Indenture and the 2012 Indenture	  	 	81	  
	Section 12.09	 	Additional Guarantors	  	 	81	  
		
	ARTICLE 13 SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES	  	 	82	  
			
	Section 13.01	 	Agreement to Subordinate	  	 	82	  
	Section 13.02	 	Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy	  	 	82	  
	Section 13.03	 	Default on Senior Debt of Guarantor	  	 	82	  
	Section 13.04	 	Demand for Payment	  	 	83	  
	Section 13.05	 	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over	  	 	84	  
	Section 13.06	 	Subrogation	  	 	84	  
	Section 13.07	 	Relative Rights	  	 	84	  
	Section 13.08	 	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Guarantor	  	 	84	  
	Section 13.09	 	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agents	  	 	84	  
	Section 13.10	 	Distribution or Notice to Representative	  	 	85	  
	Section 13.11	 	Article 13 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Demand Payment	  	 	85	  
	Section 13.12	 	Trustee Entitled to Rely	  	 	85	  
	Section 13.13	 	Trustee to Effectuate Subordination	  	 	86	  
	Section 13.14	 	Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of Guarantor	  	 	86	  
	Section 13.15	 	Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of Guarantors on Subordination Provisions	  	 	86	  
		
	ARTICLE 14 MISCELLANEOUS	  	 	86	  
			
	Section 14.01	 	[Reserved.]	  	 	86	  
	Section 14.02	 	Notices	  	 	86	  
	Section 14.03	 	[Reserved.]	  	 	88	  
	Section 14.04	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	88	  
	Section 14.05	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	88	  
	Section 14.06	 	When Notes Disregarded	  	 	88	  
	Section 14.07	 	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	 	89	  
	Section 14.08	 	Set-Off of Withholding Taxes	  	 	89	  
	Section 14.09	 	GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	  	 	89	  
	Section 14.10	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	 	89	  
	Section 14.11	 	No Stockholder Rights	  	 	89	  
	Section 14.12	 	Successors	  	 	90	  
	Section 14.13	 	Multiple Originals	  	 	90	  
	Section 14.14	 	Table of Contents; Headings	  	 	90	  
	Section 14.15	 	Severability Clause	  	 	90	  
	Section 14.16	 	Calculations	  	 	90	  
	Section 14.17	 	No Adverse Interpretations of Other Agreements.	  	 	90	  

  
 iv 

					
			
	Exhibit A	  	-	  	Form of Note
			
	Exhibit B	  	-	  	Restricted Company Common Stock Legend
			
	Exhibit C	  	-	  	Form of Guarantee

  
 v 

 INDENTURE dated as of June 12, 2013 among JARDEN CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation,
as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined below), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantors have duly authorized the creation of an issue of the
Company’s 1 1/2% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”), and the Guarantees (as defined below) thereof, respectively, having the terms, tenor, amount and other provisions
hereinafter set forth, and, to provide therefor, have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and 

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make the Notes, when duly executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly
issued by the Company, the valid obligations of the Company, the Guarantees, when duly executed by the Guarantors and delivered hereunder and to make this Indenture a valid and binding agreement of the Company and the Guarantors, in each case in
accordance with the terms of the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, have been done and performed, and the execution of this Indenture and the issue hereunder of the Notes and the Guarantees have in all respects been duly authorized;

 NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH: 
 For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all holders of the Notes, as
follows: 
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
  

	Section 1.01	Definitions. 

 The terms
defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in
this Section 1.01. The words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other Subdivision. The word “or”
is not exclusive and the word “including” means including without limitation. The terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular. 
 “2007 Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of February 13, 2007, as supplemented from time to time, among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as successor trustee. 
 “2010 Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of January 20, 2010,
as supplemented from time to time, among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. 

  
 1 

 “2012 Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of September 18, 2012,
as supplemented from time to time, among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. 
 “Additional Interest” means Rules 144A Additional Interest and Reporting Additional Interest. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to interest include Additional
Interest, if any, payable pursuant hereto. 
 “Additional Notes” has the meaning specified in
Section 2.01. 
 “Additional Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 10.03. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or
under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided that direct or
indirect beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control; and provided further that for purposes of Section 4.10, the term “Affiliate” shall instead refer to an affiliate within
the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 
 “Agent Members” has the meaning specified in
Section 2.08(b)(vi). 
 “Averaging Period” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(e). 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, or the law of
any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or the relief of debtors. 

“Blockage Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 11.03 or Section 13.03, as applicable. 

“Board of Directors” means either the Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of such Board.

 “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of
New York is authorized or required by law or executive order to close or be closed. 
 “Capital Stock” means:

 (1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other
equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, of such Person and 
 (2) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person. 

  
 2 

 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means, as to any Person, the obligations of
such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such
obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Cash Settlement” has the meaning set forth in
Section 10.02(b). 
 “close of business” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time. 

“Closing Sale Price” of any share of the Company Common Stock on any Trading Day means the closing sale price of such
security (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the closing bid and closing ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average closing bid and the average closing ask prices) on such day as reported in
composite transactions for the principal U.S. securities exchange on which the Company Common Stock is traded or, if the Company Common Stock is not listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. In
the absence of such a quotation, the Closing Sale Price will be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices for the Company Common Stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment
banking firms retained by the Company for that purpose, which may include one or more of the Initial Purchasers. The Closing Sale Price will be determined without reference to extended or after hours trading. 

“Coleman” means The Coleman Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

“Coleman IRB Bonds” means those certain industrial revenue bonds issued pursuant to the Coleman IRB Indentures.

 “Coleman IRB Indentures” means, collectively, (a) each of the indenture and each supplemental indenture
of Coleman entered into prior to the Issue Date and (b) each supplemental indenture entered into by Coleman after the Issue Date on substantially the same terms as the Coleman IRB Indentures entered into prior to the Issue Date. 

“Coleman IRB Leases” means, collectively, (a) each lease and each supplemental lease of Coleman entered into prior
to the Issue Date and (b) each supplemental lease entered into by Coleman after the Issue Date on substantially the same terms as the Coleman IRB Leases entered into prior to the Issue Date. 

“Combination Settlement” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02(b). 

“Common Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents
(however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common stock, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

  
 3 

 “Company” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor
replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein, each other obligor on the Notes. 
 “Company Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, or such other Capital Stock into which such Company Common Stock is converted, reclassified or
changed from time to time pursuant to Section 10.05. 
 “Conversion Agent” means the agency appointed by
the Company to which Notes may be presented for conversion. The Conversion Agent appointed by the Company shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Conversion Date” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(a). 
 “Conversion Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(a). 
 “Conversion Obligation” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01. 
 “Conversion Period” means the 25 consecutive Trading Day period: 
 (1) with respect to Conversion Notices received on or after March 1, 2019, beginning on, and including, the 27th Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date; and 

(2) in all other cases, beginning on, and including, the third Trading Day following the Company’s receipt of the
relevant Conversion Notice. 
 “Conversion Price” on any day will equal $1,000, divided by the
Conversion Rate in effect on that day. 
 “Conversion Rate” shall initially be 17.1054 shares of Company Common
Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment as provided in Article 10. 

“Corporate Trust Office” or other similar term, means the designated office of the Trustee at which
at any particular time its corporate trust business as it relates to this Indenture shall be administered, which office is, at the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 150 East 42nd Street, 40th Floor, New York, NY 10017, Attention: Corporate Trust Services Administrator for Jarden Corporation or at any other
time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company. 
 “Credit
Facility” means the Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2011, as amended to the Issue Date, among the Company, certain of the Company’s Affiliates, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, Barclays
Bank PLC, as administrative and collateral agent, and any other agent party thereto, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), and any amendments, supplements,
modifications, extensions, replacements, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper 

  
 4 

 
facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments
thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under the Credit
Facility). 
 “Currency Agreement” with respect to any specified Person, means any foreign exchange contract,
currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such specified Person against fluctuations in currency values. 
 “Custodian” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01. 

“Daily Conversion Value” for any Trading Day in the applicable Conversion Period equals 1/25th of: 

(1) the Conversion Rate in effect on that Trading Day, multiplied by 

(2) the VWAP of the Company Common Stock on that Trading Day. 

“Daily Measurement Value” means the quotient of the Specified Dollar Amount divided by 25. 

“Daily Settlement Amount” for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes, for each of the 25 consecutive Trading Days in
the relevant Conversion Period, shall consist of: 
 (1) cash equal to the lesser of (a) the Daily
Measurement Value and (b) the Daily Conversion Value; and 
 (2) to the extent the Daily Conversion Value
exceeds the Daily Measurement Value, a number of shares of Company Common Stock equal to (a) the difference between the Daily Conversion Value and the Daily Measurement Value, divided by (b) the VWAP of the Company Common Stock on such
Trading Day. 
 “declaration date” shall mean, with respect to a distribution by the Company to all or
substantially all of its holders of Company Common Stock, the date on which the distribution has been declared and authorized by the Board of Directors under applicable law. 
 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 2.13. 
 “Depositary” means the clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as the Depositary for the Global Notes. DTC shall be the initial Depositary, until a
successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor. 

  
 5 

 “Designated Senior Debt” means 

(1) Indebtedness under the Credit Facility; and 

(2) any other Indebtedness constituting Senior Debt which, at the time of determination, has an aggregate principal amount
of at least $25.0 million and is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing such Senior Debt as “Designated Senior Debt” by the Company. 
 “Disqualified Capital Stock” means with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event: 
 (1) matures or is mandatorily
redeemable (other than redeemable only for Capital Stock of such Person which is not itself Disqualified Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; 

(2) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; or 

(3) is mandatorily redeemable or must be purchased upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise, in whole or in
part; 
 in each case on or prior to the Maturity Date; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Capital
Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to purchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the Maturity Date
shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock provided, that in the case of any such “change of control” provisions: 
 (i) such provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the terms applicable to the Notes upon a Fundamental Change and described in
Section 3.01 hereof; and 
 (ii) any such requirement only becomes operative after compliance with such
terms applicable to the Notes, including the purchase of any Notes tendered pursuant thereto. 
 The amount of any Disqualified
Capital Stock that does not have a fixed redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were redeemed, repaid or repurchased on any
date on which the amount of such Disqualified Stock is to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that if such Disqualified Capital Stock could not be required to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased at the time of
such determination, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be the book value of such Disqualified Capital Stock as reflected in the most recent internal financial statements of such Person. 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company. 

  
 6 

 “Effective Date” means the first date on which the shares of the Company
Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, reflecting the relevant share split or share combination, as applicable. 
 “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01. 
 “Ex-Date” means the first date on which the shares of Company Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the
issuance, dividend or distribution in question, from the Company or, if applicable, from the seller of Company Common Stock on such exchange or market (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange or market. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Existing Senior Subordinated Notes” means the Company’s 7 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 issued under the 2007 Indenture, the Company’s U.S. Dollar-Denominated
7 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 and Euro-Denominated 7 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 issued under the 2010 Indenture and the Company’s 17/8% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2018 issued under the 2012 Indenture. 

“Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(e). 

“Foreign Credit Facilities” means each loan or line of credit made available by one or more lenders to a Foreign
Subsidiary pursuant to a local credit facility, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, replacements,
renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any
part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that is not organized under the laws of the
United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “Fundamental Change” shall be deemed to have
occurred when any of the following has occurred: 
 (1) the consummation of (A) any sale, lease, exchange or
other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person or “group” of related Persons for purposes
of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “group”); (B) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Company Common Stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination) as a result of which the
Company Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets; or (C) any share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Company pursuant to which the Company Common Stock will be converted
into cash, securities or other property; or 

  
 7 

 (2) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of any plan or proposal
for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture); or 
 (3) any Person or group shall become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares representing more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital
Stock of the Company; or 
 (4) the Company Common Stock (or other Common Stock underlying the Notes) ceases to
be listed or quoted on any of the NYSE, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors). 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction or event described in clause (1) above will not constitute a Fundamental Change if, in connection
with such transaction or event, or as a result thereof, at least 90% of the consideration paid for the Company Common Stock (excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to dissenters’ appraisal rights) consists
of shares of common stock traded on any of the NYSE, The NASDAQ Global Market, The NASDAQ Global Select Market (or any of their respective successors) (or will be so traded or quoted immediately following the completion of the relevant transaction)
and, as a result of such transaction, the Notes become convertible into cash, Reference Property comprised of such consideration or a combination of cash and such Reference Property as described under Section 10.05. For the purposes of this
definition of Fundamental Change, any event, transaction or series of related transactions that constitute a Fundamental Change under both clause (1) and clause (3) above will be deemed to constitute a Fundamental Change solely under
clause (1) of this definition of Fundamental Change. 
 “Fundamental Change Company Notice” has the
meaning specified in Section 3.01(b). 
 “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date” has the meaning specified in
Section 3.01(a). 
 “Fundamental Change Repurchase Expiration Time” has the meaning specified in
Section 3.01(a)(1). 
 “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” has the meaning specified in
Section 3.01(a)(1). 
 “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price” has the meaning specified in
Section 3.01(a). 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be
approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States of America from time to time. 

  
 8 

 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Exhibit A
which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” has the
meaning specified in Section 2.02. 
 “guarantee” means a direct or indirect guarantee by any Person of
any Indebtedness of any other Person and includes any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person entered into for purposes of assuring the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in
respect thereof (in whole or in part); “guarantee,” when used as a verb, and “guaranteed” have correlative meanings. 
 “Guarantee” means: 
 (1) the guarantee of the
Notes by certain domestic Subsidiaries of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and 
 (2)
the guarantee of the Notes by any Subsidiary required under the terms of Section 12.09 hereof. 
 “Guaranteed
Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 12.01. 
 “Guarantor” means any Subsidiary that
delivers a Guarantee; provided that upon the release and discharge of such Subsidiary from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Guarantor. 

“Hedging Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any agreement with respect to the hedging of price risk
associated with the purchase of commodities used in the business of such Person, so long as any such agreement has been entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for purposes of speculation. 

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 

“Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, at any date of determination, without duplication: 

(1) all Obligations of such Person for borrowed money; 

(2) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 

(3) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; 

(4) all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale
obligations and all Obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business); 

  
 9 

 (5) all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of
credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction; 
 (6) guarantees and other contingent
obligations in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above and clause (8) below; 
 (7) all Obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) which are secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person, the amount of such Obligation
being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or asset and the amount of the Obligation so secured; 
 (8) all Obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations of such Person; and 
 (9) all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary
liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any, 
 if and to the extent any of the
preceding items (other than letters or credit) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Indebtedness” will exclude: 
 (i) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Subsidiary of any business, post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a
final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such
payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 60 days thereafter; 
 (ii) any
liability for federal, state, local or other taxes; 
 (iii) worker’s compensation claims, self-insurance
obligations, performance, surety, appeal and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided in the ordinary course of business; 
 (iv) obligations arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business,
provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its Incurrence; 
 (v) any
Indebtedness defeased or called for redemption; and 
 (vi) the Coleman IRB Bonds and the Coleman IRB Leases to
the extent not required to appear as a liability (or, in the case of the Coleman IRB Leases, as a Capitalized Lease Obligation) upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 10 

 For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified
Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required
to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors
of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock. For the purposes of calculating the amount of Indebtedness of a Securitization Entity outstanding as of any date, the face or notional amount of any interest in receivables or equipment that is
outstanding as of such date shall be deemed to be Indebtedness of the Securitization Entity but any such interests held by Affiliates of such Securitization Entity shall be excluded for purposes of such calculation. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Initial Purchasers” means Barclays Capital Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, HSBC
Securities (USA) Inc., SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, BTIG, LLC, CJS Securities, Inc. and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. 

“interest” means, when used with reference to the Notes, any interest payable under the terms of the Notes, including
Defaulted Interest, if any, Rule 144 Additional Interest, if any, and Reporting Additional Interest, if any. 

“Interest Payment Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c). 

“Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person,
whereby directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such
other Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, options, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements. 

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including,
without limitation, a guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any
Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any Person. “Investment” shall exclude extensions of trade credit by the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with normal trade
practices of the Company or such Subsidiary, as 

  
 11 

 
the case may be. Except as otherwise provided herein, the amount of an Investment shall be its fair market value at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes
in its fair market value. 
 “Issue Date” means June 12, 2013. 

“Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest). 
 “Make-Whole Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 10.03. 
 “Make-Whole Fundamental Change” has the meaning specified in Section 10.03. 
 “Market Disruption Event” means the occurrence or existence during the one-half hour period ending at the scheduled close of trading on the principal U.S. national or regional securities
exchange or market on which the Company Common Stock is listed for trading of any material suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant stock exchange or otherwise) in the
Company Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Company Common Stock; provided that, notwithstanding the immediately foregoing sentence, for purposes of determining a Trading Day or a Scheduled Trading
Day for purposes of Section 10.02(b), “Market Disruption Event” means (i) a failure by the primary U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Company Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading to
open for trading during its regular trading session or (ii) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Company Common Stock for more than one half-hour period in the aggregate during
regular trading hours of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant stock exchange or otherwise) in the Company Common Stock or in any options, contracts or futures
contracts relating to the Company Common Stock. 
 “Maturity Date” means June 15, 2019. 

“Non-U.S. Holder” means a Holder that is not treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes
as defined under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 

“Notes” means any Notes issued, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, including any Global Notes.

 “NYSE” means The New York Stock Exchange. 

“Obligations” means all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements,
damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

  
 12 

 “Offering Memorandum” means the final offering memorandum, dated
June 6, 2013, relating to the offering and sale by the Company of the Notes. 
 “Officer” means the
Executive Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the principal executive officer, the President, any Senior Vice President, Executive Vice President, or Vice President, the
principal accounting officer, the principal financial officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company or Guarantor, as applicable. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers. One of the Officers executing an Officers’
Certificate in accordance with Section 4.05 shall be the principal executive officer, the Executive Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, an Executive Vice President, a Senior Vice President, the principal
financial officer, the principal accounting officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company. 
 “open of
business” means 9:00 a.m., New York City time. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion,
acceptable to the Trustee, from legal counsel. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company. 
 “pay the
Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 11.03. 
 “pay its Guarantee” has the meaning
specified in Section 13.03. 
 “Paying Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05. 

“Payment Blockage Period” has the meaning specified in Section 11.03 or Section 13.03, as applicable.

 “Payment Default” has the meaning specified in Section 11.03 or Section 13.03, as
applicable. 
 “Permitted Junior Securities” means: 

(1) Capital Stock of the Company or any Guarantor of the Notes; or 

(2) debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Debt and debt securities that are issued in exchange for Senior
Debt to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt under this Indenture and have a Stated Maturity after (and do not provide for scheduled principal payments prior to)
the Stated Maturity of any Senior Debt and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock or debt securities are distributed in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, such Capital
Stock or debt securities are distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization consented to by each class of Designated Senior Debt. 

  
 13 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “Physical Settlement” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02(b). 
 “Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or
upon liquidation. 
 “protected purchaser” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09. 

“Purchase Agreement” means the purchase agreement dated as of June 6, 2013 between the Company, the Guarantors and
the Initial Purchasers relating to the offer and sale of the Notes. 
 “Record Date” means, in respect of a
dividend or distribution to holders of Company Common Stock, the date fixed for determination of holders of Company Common Stock entitled to receive such dividend or distribution. 

“Reference Property” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05. 

“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05. 

“Registrar” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05. 

“Regular Record Date” means, with respect to any Interest Payment Date of the Notes, the June 1 and December 1
preceding the applicable June 15 and December 15 Interest Payment Date, respectively. 
 “Reporting Additional
Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 6.12. 
 “Representative” means the indenture
trustee or other trustee, agent or representative in respect of any Designated Senior Debt; provided that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt
shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Debt in respect of any Designated Senior Debt. 
 “Resale Restriction Termination Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(c). 
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee (i) who shall have direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture or (ii) to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Restricted Company Common Stock Legend” is as set forth in Exhibit B. 

  
 14 

 “Restricted Note Legend” is as set forth in Exhibit A.

 “Restricted Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(c). 

“Rule 144 Additional Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10(c). 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A as promulgated under the Securities Act as it may be amended from time to time
hereafter. 
 “Schedule TO” means a Tender Offer Statement under Section 14(d)(1) or 13(e)(1) of the
Exchange Act. 
 “Scheduled Trading Day” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the principal
U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Company Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading. If the Company Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a Business
Day. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Securitization Entity” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person in
which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers accounts receivable or equipment and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection
with the financing of accounts receivable or equipment and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity: 

(1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which: 

(a) is guaranteed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the
principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings); 
 (b) is
recourse to or obligates the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or 
 (c) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard
Securitization Undertakings; 
 (2) with which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any
material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be 

  
 15 

 
obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing receivables of such entity other
than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; and 
 (3) to which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
of the Company has any obligations to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings. 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company after the Issue Date shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the
Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with foregoing conditions. 

“Senior Debt” means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the
filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, whether outstanding on
the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness
shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest
(including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on, and all other
amounts owing in respect of: 
 (x) all monetary obligations of every nature of the Company or any Guarantor under the Credit
Facility and the Foreign Credit Facilities, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities; 

(y) all Interest Swap Obligations (and guarantees thereof); and 
 (z) all obligations (and guarantees thereof) under Currency Agreements and Hedging Agreements, in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall not include: 

(i) any Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor owed to the Company or to a Subsidiary of the Company; 

(ii) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor owed to, or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor on behalf of,
any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation) other than a shareholder who is also a lender (or an Affiliate of a lender) under the
Credit Facility; 

  
 16 

 (iii) any amounts payable or other liability to trade creditors (including
guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities but excluding secured purchase money obligations); 

(iv) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Capital Stock; 

(v) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company or any of the Guarantors;

 (vi) [Reserved.]; 
 (vii) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to the Company or any of the Guarantors, as
applicable; and 
 (viii) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, Senior Subordinated Debt or
subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Guarantors. 
 “Senior
Subordinated Debt” means with respect to a Person, the Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes (in the case of the Company), a Guarantee and a guarantee of the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes (in the case of a Guarantor) and any
other Indebtedness of such Person that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with the Notes or such Guarantee or guarantee, as the case may be, in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of
payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person which is not Senior Debt of such Person. 
 “Settlement
Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(b). 
 “Settlement Method” means, with respect
to any conversion of Notes, Physical Settlement, Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement, as elected (or deemed to have been elected) by the Company. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” with respect to any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that constitutes a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) under
Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act. 
 “Special Interest Payment Date” has the meaning specified in
Section 2.13(a). 
 “Special Record Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.13(a). 

“Specified Dollar Amount” means the maximum cash amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted to be
received upon conversion as specified in the notice specifying the Settlement Method (or deemed so specified). 

“Spin-Off” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(c). 

  
 17 

 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties,
covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company which are reasonably customary, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, in an accounts receivable or equipment transaction.

 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal (including any sinking
fund payment) on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or
repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for their payment. 
 “Stock
Price” has the meaning specified in Section 10.03. 
 “Subsidiary” of any Person means any
corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person, (ii) such Person and one or
more Subsidiaries of such Person or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 “Successor Company”
has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(a). 
 “Successor Guarantor” has the meaning specified in
Section 5.02(a). 
 “Trading Day” means a day on which (i) trading in the Company Common Stock (or
other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) generally occurs on the NYSE or, if the Company Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on the NYSE, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities
exchange on which the Company Common Stock (or such other security) is then listed or, if the Company Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which
the Company Common Stock (or such other security) is then listed or admitted for trading, and (ii) there is no Market Disruption Event; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining amounts due under
Section 10.02(b), “Trading Day” means a day on which (x) there is no Market Disruption Event (as defined in the proviso to the definition thereof) and (y) trading in the Company Common Stock generally occurs on the NYSE or,
if the Company Common Stock is not then listed on the NYSE, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Company Common Stock is then listed or, if the Company Common Stock is not then listed on a U.S. national
or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Company Common Stock is then listed or admitted for trading. If the Company Common Stock (or such other security) is not so listed or traded, “Trading Day” means a
Business Day. 
 “Trading Price” per $1,000 principal amount of Notes on any date of determination means the
average of the secondary market bid quotations per $1,000 principal amount of Notes obtained by the Trustee for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Notes at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from two
independent nationally recognized securities dealers the Company selects, which may include one or more of the Initial Purchasers; provided that if at least two such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the Trustee, but one such bid can
reasonably be obtained by the Trustee, this one bid will be 

  
 18 

 
used. If the Trustee cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Notes from a nationally recognized securities dealer or, in the Company’s reasonable
judgment, the bid quotations are not indicative of the secondary market value of the Notes, then, for purposes of Section 10.01(d), the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes will be deemed to be less than 98% of the applicable
Conversion Rate of the Notes multiplied by the Closing Sale Price of the Company Common Stock on such determination date. 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and the rules and regulations of the SEC
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces
it and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial
Code as in effect from time to time. 
 “Valuation Period” has the meaning specified in 10.04(c). 

“Voting Stock” of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person which ordinarily has voting power for the election of
directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of securities has such voting power by reason of any contingency. 

“VWAP” or “volume weighted average price” per share of the Company Common Stock on any Trading Day
means such price as displayed on Bloomberg (or any successor service) page JAH <EQUITY> AQR in respect of the period from 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on such Trading Day; or, if such price is not available, the
volume-weighted average price means the market value per share of the Company Common Stock on such day as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm, which may include one or more of the Initial Purchasers, retained
for this purpose by the Company. The “volume-weighted average price” or “VWAP” will be determined without regard to after hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person of which all the outstanding voting
securities (other than in the case of a Subsidiary that is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than a state in the United States of America or the District of Columbia, directors’ qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to
be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law) are owned by such Person or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person. 

ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 
  

	Section 2.01	Designation, Amount and Issuance of Notes. 

 The Notes shall be designated as “1 1/2% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2019.” The Notes shall initially be issued in an aggregate principal
amount of $265,200,000 

  
 19 

 
(as increased by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of any additional Notes purchased by the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the exercise of their option to purchase additional
Notes as set forth in the Purchase Agreement). Upon the execution of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, the Notes may be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication. 

The Company may, without the consent of Holders, issue additional Notes hereunder in the future on the same terms and conditions of the
Notes issued hereunder, except for any differences in the issue price and interest accrued prior to the issue date of the additional Notes; provided that if any such additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes initially offered hereby
for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number (such additional Notes, the “Additional Notes”). The Notes initially issued hereunder and any such Additional Notes shall rank equally and
ratably and shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. The Company may not issue any Additional Notes if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes. 

 

	Section 2.02	Form of the Notes. 

 The
Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by such Notes shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The terms and provisions contained in the form of Notes attached as
Exhibit A hereto shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to
such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. 
 Any of the Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of
identification and such notations, legends, endorsements or changes as the officers executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or
as may be required by the custodian for the Global Notes or the Depositary or as may be required for the Notes to be tradable on any market developed for trading of securities pursuant to Rule 144A or as may be required to comply with any
applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed, or to conform to usage, or to indicate any special
limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject. 
 So long as the Notes are eligible for book-entry
settlement with the Depositary, or unless otherwise required by law, or otherwise contemplated by Section 2.08(b), all of the Notes shall initially be evidenced by one or more Notes in global form registered in the name of the Depositary or the
nominee of the Depositary (the “Global Notes”). The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in any such Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of
the Depositary. Global Notes shall bear the Global Notes Legend. Except as provided in Section 2.08(b), beneficial owners of a Global Note shall not be entitled to have certificates registered in their names, shall not receive or be entitled to
receive physical delivery of certificates in definitive registered form and shall not be considered Holders of such Global Note. 

  
 20 

 Any Global Notes shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein
and shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced on the books
and records of the Depositary and Trustee to reflect repurchases, conversions, transfers or exchanges permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the custodian for the Global Note, at the direction of the Trustee, in such manner and upon instructions given by the Holder of such Notes in accordance with this Indenture. Payment of principal of and any
interest on any Global Notes shall be made to the Depositary in immediately available funds. 
  

	Section 2.03	Date and Denomination of Notes; Payment at Maturity; Payment of Interest. 

 (a) Date and Denomination. The Notes shall be issuable in fully registered form without interest coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples thereof. Each Note shall
be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear interest from the date specified on the face of the Notes. 
 (b)
Payment at Maturity. On the Maturity Date, each Holder shall be entitled to receive on such date, $1,000 in cash for each $1,000 in principal amount of Notes, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the
Maturity Date, unless such Note is earlier converted or repurchased. With respect to Global Notes, principal and any interest shall be paid to the Depositary by wire transfer of immediately available funds. With respect to any certificated Notes,
principal and any interest shall be payable at the Company’s office or agency in New York City, which initially shall be the office or agency of the Trustee located at the Corporate Trust Office. If the Maturity Date is not a Business Day,
payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest shall accrue thereon. 
 (c) Payment of
Interest. Interest on the Notes shall accrue at the rate of 1.50% per annum from the date of original issuance of the Notes or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be payable in
arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing on December 15, 2013, to Holders of record at the close of business on the applicable Regular Record Date. Notwithstanding
the preceding sentence, (i) the Company will not pay in cash accrued interest (excluding any Additional Interest) on any Notes when such Notes are converted, except as described in Section 10.02, and (ii) with respect to the Interest
Payment Date that falls on the Maturity Date, the Company will pay any accrued and unpaid interest to the Person to whom the Company pays the principal amount (rather than the Holder of record on the corresponding Regular Record Date). 

The Company shall pay interest on: 
 (i) any Global Notes to the Depositary in immediately available funds; 

  
 21 

 (ii) any Notes in certificated form having a principal amount of less than
$2,000,000, by check mailed to the address of the Person in whose name such Notes are registered as it appears in the Register; and 
 (iii) any Notes in certificated form having a principal amount of $2,000,000 or more, by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the election of the Holder of such Notes duly delivered to the
Trustee at least five Business Days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 Interest on the Notes shall be calculated on
the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. If an Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest shall accrue thereon. 

To the extent lawful, payments of principal or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes that are not made when due
will accrue interest at the then applicable interest rate on the Notes from the required payment date. 
  

	Section 2.04	Execution and Authentication. 

 One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note,
the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually
authenticates the Note. Upon the written order of the Company signed by an Officer, the Trustee shall authenticate a Note executed by the Company. The signature of the Trustee on the Note shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly and
validly authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the
Company to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Responsible Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent
may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for
service of notices and demands. 
  

	Section 2.05	Registrar and Paying Agent. 

 The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Corporate Trust Office shall be considered as one such office or agency of the Company for each of the aforesaid purposes. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (the
“Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent, and the term
“Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as (i) Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes, (ii) the custodian with respect to the Global Notes and (iii) Conversion
Agent. 

  
 22 

 The Company may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying
Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a
Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefore pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that is not a Foreign Subsidiary may act as
Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or
Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (1) acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such
successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (2) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with
clause (1) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with
Section 7.08. 
  

	Section 2.06	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

 Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Maturity Date, each Interest Payment Date, any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and any settlement date of a Conversion Obligation, the Company shall
deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such amounts owed on such
dates. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of amounts owed on
such dates and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as
a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further
liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
  

	Section 2.07	Holder Lists. 

 The
Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish,
to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and
addresses of Holders. 

  
 23 

	Section 2.08	Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer. 

 (a) The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office the Register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of
Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Register shall be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonably prompt period of time. 
 Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Notes to the Registrar or any co-registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.08, the Company shall
execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such restrictive legends as
may be required by this Indenture. 
 Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like
aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding. 
 All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as
the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 All Notes presented or surrendered for registration of
transfer or for exchange, repurchase or conversion shall (if so required by the Company or the Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, and the Notes shall
be duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. 
 No service charge shall be made to any
Holder for any registration of, transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any
registration of transfer or exchange of Notes. 
 Neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Registrar shall be required to
exchange, issue or register a transfer of (a) any Note or portions thereof surrendered for conversion pursuant to Article 10 or (b) any Note or portions thereof tendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) pursuant to Article 3.

 (b) The following provisions shall apply only to Global Notes: 

(i) Each Global Note authenticated under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee
thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or custodian for the Global Notes therefor, and each such Global Note shall constitute a single Note for all purposes of this Indenture. 

  
 24 

 (ii) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Note
may be exchanged in whole or in part for Notes registered, and no transfer of a Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the Depositary or a nominee thereof unless: 

(A) the Depositary has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note
and a successor Depositary has not been appointed within 60 calendar days; 
 (B) the Depositary has ceased to
be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor Depositary has not been appointed within 60 calendar days; or 
 (C) an Event of Default with respect to the Notes has occurred and is continuing and the beneficial owner requests that its Notes be issued in physical, certificated form. 

(iii) In addition, certificated Notes shall be issued in exchange for beneficial interests in a Global Note upon request
by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with customary procedures following the request of a beneficial owner seeking to enforce its rights under the Notes or this Indenture, including its rights following the occurrence of an Event of
Default. 
 (iv) Notes issued in exchange for a Global Note or for any portion of a Global Note pursuant to
clause (ii) or (iii) above shall be issued in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons, shall have an aggregate principal amount equal to that of such Global Notes or portion thereof to be so exchanged, shall be
registered in such names and be in such authorized denominations as the Depositary shall designate and shall bear any legends required hereunder. Any Global Notes to be exchanged shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, as Registrar;
provided that pending completion of the exchange of a Global Note, the Trustee acting as custodian for the Global Notes for the Depositary or its nominee with respect to such Global Notes, shall reduce the principal amount thereof, by an
amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the books and records of the Trustee. Upon any such surrender or adjustment, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery the
Notes issuable on such exchange to or upon the written order of the Depositary or an authorized representative thereof. 
 (v) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (ii) above or upon any request described in clause (iii) above, the Company shall promptly make available to the
Trustee a sufficient supply of certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons. 
 (vi) Neither any members of, or participants in, the Depositary (the “Agent Members”) nor any other Persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any rights under this
Indenture with respect to any Global Notes registered in the name of the Depositary or any nominee thereof, and the Depositary or such nominee, 

  
 25 

 
as the case may be, may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and holder of such Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or such
nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other Person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder
of any Notes. 
 (vii) At such time as all interests in a Global Note have been repurchased, converted, cancelled
or exchanged for Notes in certificated form, such Global Note shall, upon receipt thereof, be canceled by the Trustee in accordance with standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the custodian for the Global Note. At
any time prior to such cancellation, if any interest in a Global Note is repurchased, converted, cancelled or exchanged for Notes in certificated form, the principal amount of such Global Note shall, in accordance with the standing procedures and
instructions existing between the Depositary and the custodian for the Global Note, be appropriately reduced, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the custodian for the Global Note, at the direction of the Trustee,
to reflect such reduction. 
 (c) Every Note (and all securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) that
bears or is required under this Section 2.08(c) to bear the Restricted Note Legend (together with any Company Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes and required to bear the Restricted Company Common Stock Legend, collectively, the
“Restricted Securities”) shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.08(c) (including those set forth in the Restricted Note Legend and the Restricted Company Common Stock Legend) unless such
restrictions on transfer shall be waived by written consent of the Company following receipt of legal advice supporting the permissibility of the waiver of such transfer restrictions, and the holder of each such Restricted Security, by such
holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer. As used in this Section 2.08(c), the term “transfer” means any sale, pledge, loan, transfer or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted
Security or any interest therein. Until the date (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) that is the later of (1) the date that is one year after the last date of the original issuance of the Notes, or such shorter period
of time as permitted by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successor provision thereunder, and (2) such later date, if any, as may be required by applicable laws, any certificate evidencing a Restricted Security shall bear the
Restricted Note Legend (or in the case of Company Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes, the Restricted Company Common Stock Legend), unless such Restricted Security has been sold pursuant to a registration statement that has been
declared effective under the Securities Act (and which continues to be effective at the time of such transfer) or sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any similar provision then in force, or unless otherwise agreed by the
Company in writing as set forth above, with written notice thereof to the Trustee. After the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the Restricted Note Legend shall be deemed no longer applicable to the Notes. 

  
 26 

 (d) In connection with any transfer of the Notes prior to the Resale Restriction Termination
Date, the Holder must complete and deliver the form of assignment set forth on the certificate representing the Note, with the appropriate box checked, to the Trustee (or any successor Trustee, as applicable). 

Any Notes that are Restricted Securities and as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms
or as to conditions for removal of the Restricted Note Legend set forth therein have been satisfied may, upon surrender of such Notes for exchange to the Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.08, be exchanged for a new
Note or Notes, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by Section 2.08(c). If such Restricted Security surrendered for exchange is represented by a Global Note bearing the Restricted
Note Legend, the principal amount of the legended Global Notes shall be reduced by the appropriate principal amount and the principal amount of a Global Note without a Restricted Note Legend shall be increased by an equal principal amount. If a
Global Note without the Restricted Note Legend is not then outstanding, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an unlegended Global Note to the Depositary. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing upon the
Trustee’s request of the occurrence of the Resale Restriction Termination Date. 
 Any Company Common Stock issued upon
conversion of the Notes as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms may, upon surrender of the certificates representing such shares of Company Common Stock for exchange in accordance with the
procedures of the transfer agent for the Company Common Stock, be exchanged for a new certificate or certificates for a like aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock, which shall not bear the Restricted Company Common Stock Legend.

 (e) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Agent Members or any other Person with respect to the
accuracy of the books or records, or the acts or omissions, of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any Agent Member or other
Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders of Notes and all payments to be made to Holders of Notes under the Notes
shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders of Notes (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Notes shall be exercised only through the
Depositary subject to the customary procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its Agent Members. 

(f) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer
imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Notes (including any transfers between or among Agent Members) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or
evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

  
 27 

	Section 2.09	Replacement Notes. 

 If a
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Holder takes the following
actions and satisfies the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code: 
 (a) notifies the Company or the
Trustee within a reasonable time after he has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and prior to the Registrar registering a transfer of such Note; 
 (b) makes a request to the Company or the Trustee for a replacement Note prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a
“protected purchaser”); and 
 (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Company or the Trustee,
including the requirements set forth in the following paragraph. 
 If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall
furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss, expense, claim or liability that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced
and subsequently presented or claimed for payment. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note. In case any Note which has matured or is about to mature or has been validly tendered for repurchase on a
Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (and not validly withdrawn), or is to be converted, shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of or convert or
authorize the conversion of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Note), as the case may be, if the applicant for such payment or conversion shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such
authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or in connection with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft,
the applicant shall also furnish to the Company, the Trustee and, if applicable, any Paying Agent or Conversion Agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Notes and of the ownership thereof. 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company. 

The provisions of this Section 2.09 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with
respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 
  

	Section 2.10	Outstanding Notes. 

 Notes
outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to Section 2.12, a Note does not cease to
be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 

  
 28 

 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.09, it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If the
Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or Maturity Date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions
thereof) to be repurchased or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions
thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
  

	Section 2.11	Temporary Notes. 

 Pending
the preparation of Notes in certificated form, the Company may execute and the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall, upon the written request of the Company, authenticate and deliver temporary Notes (printed or
lithographed). Temporary Notes shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the Notes in certificated form, but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Notes, all as
may be determined by the Company. Any such temporary Notes shall be executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee or such authenticating agent upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the
Notes in certificated form. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent Notes in certificated form and thereupon any or all temporary Notes may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at
each office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Notes an equal aggregate principal amount of
Notes in certificated form. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same
limitations under this Indenture as Notes in certificated form authenticated and delivered hereunder. 
  

	Section 2.12	Repurchase and Cancellation. 

 The Company may, to the extent permitted by law, repurchase any Notes in the open market or by tender offer at any price or by private agreement. Any Notes repurchased by the Company will be surrendered
to the Trustee for cancellation, but such Notes may not be reissued or resold by the Company. Any Notes surrendered for cancellation to the Trustee may not be reissued or resold and shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with its
standard procedures. 
  

	Section 2.13	Defaulted Interest. 

 Any
interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 calendar days, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the Regular Record Date, and such
defaulted 

  
 29 

 
interest and interest (to the extent lawful) on such defaulted interest at the annual rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called
“Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Company at its election, in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below: 
 (a) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special
Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the
date (not less than 30 calendar days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate
amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the
Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a record date (the “Special Record Date”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than fifteen
calendar days and not less than ten calendar days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than ten calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of
such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall promptly cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given to each
Holder, not less than ten calendar days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest
shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the
following clause (b). 
 (b) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not
inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this
clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 
 (c) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this
Section 2.13, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other
Note. 
  

	Section 2.14	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee
shall use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers in notices of repurchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a repurchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other 

  
 30 

 
identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such repurchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing
of any changes to the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers of the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 3 

REPURCHASE OF NOTES 
  

	Section 3.01	Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change. 

 (a) If a Fundamental Change occurs at any time prior to the Maturity Date, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or part of such Holder’s Notes in a principal
amount thereof that is equal to $1,000 in principal amount or whole multiples thereof, on the date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”) specified by the Company in the Fundamental Change Company Notice that is not less than 20
nor more than 35 calendar days after the date of the Fundamental Change Company Notice at a repurchase price, payable in cash, equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but
excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price”). However, if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment
Date, the full amount of interest due shall be paid on the Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record on the Regular Record Date and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes to be
repurchased. Repurchases of Notes under this Section 3.01 shall be made upon: 
 (1) delivery to the Paying
Agent by a Holder of a duly completed written notice (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”) of such Holder’s exercise of its repurchase right (together with the Notes to be repurchased, if certificated Notes have been
issued) in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Expiration Time”); and

 (2) delivery or book-entry transfer of the Notes to the Paying Agent at any time after delivery of the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice (together with all necessary endorsements) and prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Expiration Time, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Paying Agent, such delivery being a condition to receipt by the
Holder of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price therefor; provided, that such Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 3.01 only if the Notes so delivered to the Paying Agent shall conform in all
respects to the description thereof in the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. 
 The Fundamental Change Repurchase
Notice shall state: 
 (i) with respect to Global Notes, the appropriate Depositary information and, with
respect to certificated Notes, the certificate numbers, if any, of the Notes to be tendered for repurchase; 

  
 31 

 (ii) the portion of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased,
which must be $1,000 or whole multiples thereof; and 
 (iii) that the Notes are to be repurchased by the
Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and this Indenture. 
 Payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase
Price for Notes for which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been delivered and not withdrawn is conditioned upon book-entry transfer or delivery of the Notes, together with necessary endorsements, to the Paying Agent. Payment of the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for the Notes shall be made on the later of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of the Notes, as the case may be. 

All questions as to the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of any Notes for repurchase shall be determined
by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding absent manifest error. 
 Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice contemplated by this Section 3.01 shall have the right to withdraw such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice at any time prior to the Fundamental
Change Repurchase Expiration Time by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with Section 3.02 below. 
 The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof. 

(b) On or before the tenth calendar day after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide to all Holders of record
on the date of the Fundamental Change at their addresses shown in the Register of the Registrar, and to beneficial owners to the extent required by applicable law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, a written notice (the “Fundamental Change
Company Notice”) of the occurrence of the Fundamental Change and the resulting repurchase right. Each Fundamental Change Company Notice shall specify, among other things: 

(i) the events causing the Fundamental Change; 

(ii) the date of the Fundamental Change; 

(iii) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; 

(iv) the last date on which a repurchase upon a Fundamental Change may be exercised, which shall be the Business Day
immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; 
 (v) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price;

 (vi) the names and addresses of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent; 

  
 32 

 (vii) the procedures that a Holder must follow to exercise the right to
repurchase upon a Fundamental Change; 
 (viii) that the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for any Notes as to
which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been given and not withdrawn shall be paid on the later of such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of the Notes (together with all necessary
endorsements); 
 (ix) that, except as otherwise provided herein with respect to a Fundamental Change Repurchase
Date that is after a Regular Record Date for the payment of an installment of interest and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, on and after such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (unless there shall be a Default in the payment of the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Price), interest on Notes subject to repurchase upon Fundamental Change shall cease to accrue, and all rights of the Holders of such Notes shall terminate, other than the right to receive, in accordance herewith, the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Price; 
 (x) that a Holder shall be entitled to withdraw its election in the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, by means of a letter or facsimile transmission (receipt of which is confirmed and promptly followed
by a letter) setting forth the name of such Holder, a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have Notes purchased by the Company on such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date pursuant to a repurchase upon a Fundamental Change, the
certificate number(s) of such Notes to be so withdrawn, if such Notes are certificated Notes, the principal amount of the Notes of such Holder to be so withdrawn, which amount must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof and the principal amount,
if any, of the Notes of such Holder that remain subject to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice delivered by such Holder in accordance with this Section 3.01, which amount must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; 

(xi) the Conversion Rate and any adjustments to the Conversion Rate that shall result from such Fundamental Change;

 (xii) that Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice is given by a Holder may be
converted pursuant to Article 10 only if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with this Section 3.01 or the Company defaults in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price; and 

(xiii) the CUSIP number or numbers, as the case may be, of the Notes. 

No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the repurchase rights of Holders or affect the validity of the
proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.01. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Notes
may be repurchased by the Company at the option of the Holders upon a Fundamental Change if the principal amount of the 

  
 33 

 
Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by
the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes). 
  

	Section 3.02	Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. 

 A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the Paying Agent prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Expiration Time. The withdrawal
notice must state: 
 (a) with respect to Global Notes, the appropriate Depositary information and, with respect to certificated
Notes, the certificate number, if any, of the withdrawn Notes; 
 (b) the principal amount of the withdrawn Notes; and

 (c) the principal amount, if any, of such Notes that remains subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice,
which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or multiples of $1,000. 
  

	Section 3.03	Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. 

 Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company is acting
as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.06, an amount of cash in immediately available funds, sufficient to pay the aggregate Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that
are to be repurchased as of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. 
 If the Paying Agent holds on the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Date cash sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of the Notes that Holders have elected to require the Company to repurchase in accordance with Section 3.01, then, as of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date:

 (i) such Notes shall cease to be outstanding and interest shall cease to accrue, whether or not book-entry
transfer of the Notes has been made or the Notes have been delivered to the Paying Agent, as the case may be; and 
 (ii) all other rights of the Holders of such Notes shall terminate, other than the right to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price upon delivery or transfer of such Notes. 

 

	Section 3.04	Notes Repurchased in Part. 

Upon presentation of any Notes repurchased only in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available
for delivery to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unrepurchased portion of the Notes presented. 

  
 34 

	Section 3.05	Covenant to Comply with Securities Laws Upon Repurchase of Notes. 

 In connection with any repurchase upon a Fundamental Change, the Company shall, to the extent applicable, (i) comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4, Rule 14e-1 and any other tender offer
rules under the Exchange Act that may be applicable at the time of the offer to repurchase the Notes, and any such compliance resulting from changes to such rules made after the Issue Date that conflicts with the requirements of this Indenture shall
be deemed to comply with this Indenture; (ii) file a Schedule TO or any other schedule required under the Exchange Act if applicable at the time of the offer to repurchase the Notes; and (iii) comply with all other federal and state
securities laws in connection with the Company’s repurchase of the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
  

	Section 4.01	Payment of Notes. 

 The
Company shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the
Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant
to the terms of this Indenture. 
 The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the
Notes, and, to the extent lawful, it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the rate and in the manner specified in Section 2.13. 
  

	Section 4.02	Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

 The Company shall maintain an office or agency where the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or for conversion or repurchase and where notices
and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. As of the date of this Indenture, such office is located at the Corporate Trust Office and, at any other time, at such other address as the Trustee may
designate from time to time by notice to the Company. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency not designated or appointed by the Trustee. If at any time
the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office. 

The Company may also from time to time designate co-registrars and one or more offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or
surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other
office or agency. 

  
 35 

	Section 4.03	Reports; Rule 144A Information. 

 (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 15 calendar days after the Company is required to file the same with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and
other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The filing of these
reports with the SEC through its EDGAR database within the time periods for filing the same under the Exchange Act (taking into account any applicable grace periods provided thereunder) shall satisfy the Company’s obligation to furnish such
reports to the Trustee. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing if the Company fails to file any such reports. The Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine whether such filing of these reports has occurred. In the absence
of such notification, the Trustee shall be entitled to presume that such filings were made. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not
constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely
exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 (b) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes or any shares of Company
Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof will, at such time, constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, promptly provide to the Trustee and the Company shall, upon written
request, provide to any Holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of such Notes or any shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Notes the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act (to the extent such information is not available in the EDGAR database) to facilitate the resale of such Notes or shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”).
The Company shall take such further action as any Holder or beneficial owner of such Notes may reasonably request to the extent from time to time required to enable such Holder or beneficial owner to sell such Notes or shares of the Company Common
Stock in accordance with Rule 144A, as such rule may be amended from time to time. 
  

	Section 4.04	Existence. 

 Except
(i) as set forth in Article 5, (ii) in respect of Fundamental Changes and (iii) as otherwise permitted hereunder, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its
existence and rights (charter and statutory); provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the
Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. 
  

	Section 4.05	Compliance Certificate. 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 calendar days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’
Certificate, stating whether or not, to the knowledge of each such Officer, any Default or Event of Default occurred during such period and if so, describing each Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto. 

  
 36 

	Section 4.06	[Reserved.] 

  

	Section 4.07	Notification of Rule 144 Additional Interest or Reporting Additional Interest. 

If Rule 144 Additional Interest or Reporting Additional Interest, as applicable, is payable by the Company, the Company shall deliver
to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Rule 144 Additional Interest or Reporting Additional Interest, as applicable, that is payable and (ii) the date on which payment of such
Rule 144 Additional Interest or Reporting Additional Interest, as applicable, shall commence. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives such a certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no Rule 144
Additional Interest or Reporting Additional Interest, as applicable, is payable. 
  

	Section 4.08	[Reserved.] 

  

	Section 4.09	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. 

 The Company covenants (to the extent it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or
usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time; the Company (to the extent it may lawfully
do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the
execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
  

	Section 4.10	Rule 144 Additional Interest. 

 (a) If, at any time during the six-month period beginning on, and including, the date that is six months after the last date of original issuance of the Notes, the Company fails to timely file any
document or report that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable (after giving effect to all applicable grace periods thereunder and other than current reports on
Form 8-K), or the Notes are not otherwise freely tradable by Holders other than the Company’s Affiliates or Persons that were Affiliates of the Company during the immediately preceding three months as a result of restrictions pursuant to
U.S. securities law or the terms of this Indenture or the Notes, the Company shall pay Additional Interest on the Notes at the rate of 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of Notes outstanding for each day during such period for which the
Company’s failure to file has occurred and is continuing. 
 (b) If, and for so long as, the Restricted Note Legend on the
Notes has not been removed, the Notes are assigned a restricted CUSIP or the Notes are not freely tradable by Holders other than the Company’s Affiliates or Persons that were Affiliates of the Company during the immediately preceding three
months (without restrictions pursuant to U.S. securities 

  
 37 

 
law or the terms of this Indenture or the Notes), in each case as of the 365th day after the last date of original issuance of the Notes, the Company shall pay Additional Interest on the Notes at
a rate equal to 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of Notes outstanding until the Notes are so freely tradable. 
 (c)
Additional Interest payable in accordance with Section 4.10(a) or (b) (“Rule 144 Additional Interest”) shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date following accrual in the same manner as regular interest
on the Notes. 
 (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate of any Rule 144 Additional
Interest and any Reporting Additional Interest exceed 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of the Notes in respect of any period. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSOR COMPANY 

 

	Section 5.01	Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets of the Company. 

 The Company shall not, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or sell, convey, transfer or lease the Company’s property
and assets substantially as an entirety to another Person, unless: 
 (a) either (i) the Company is the continuing
corporation or (ii) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if other than the Company) (the “Successor Company”) is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia and such Person assumes, by a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture; 

(b) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and 

(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee the Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 5.04.

  

	Section 5.02	Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets of the Guarantors. 

 A Guarantor shall not, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or sell, convey, transfer or lease the Guarantor’s property
and assets substantially as an entirety to another Person, unless: 
 (a) either (i) such Guarantor is the continuing
Person or (ii) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if other than the Guarantor) (the “Successor Guarantor”) assumes, by a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all of such
Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture; 
 (b) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and 
 (c) the Guarantor has delivered to the Trustee the
Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 5.04. 

  
 38 

 The foregoing limitations in this Section 5.02 shall not be applicable to any
consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease in respect of a Guarantor, so long as such event or events are in connection with, or occurring contemporaneously with, a release of a Guarantor that complies with the requirements of
Section 12.06. 
 The foregoing limitations in this Section 5.02 shall not apply to any consolidation with, merger
with or sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of assets to the Company or another Guarantor of the Notes or that complies with the requirements set forth in Section 5.02. 

 

	Section 5.03	Successor to Be Substituted. 

 In case of any such transaction described in Section 5.01 or Section 5.02 and upon the assumption by the Successor Company or the Successor Guarantor, as the case may be, by supplemental
indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all of the Notes, and the due and punctual performance and
observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed or satisfied by the Company or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, such Successor Company or the Successor Guarantor, as the case may be, shall succeed,
and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be and, except in the case of a lease, the Company or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be released and
discharged from its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture. 
  

	Section 5.04	Opinion of Counsel to Be Given to the Trustee. 

 Prior to execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article 5 by the Successor Company or the Successor Guarantor, as the case may be, the Trustee shall receive an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and any such assumption complies with the provisions of this Article 5 and that all conditions
precedent set forth in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. 
 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  

	Section 6.01	Events of Default. 

 An
“Event of Default” occurs if: 
 (a) the Company or any Guarantor fails to pay any interest on the Notes when
due and such failure continues for a period of 30 calendar days (whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article 11 or Article 13, as applicable); 

  
 39 

 (b) the Company or any Guarantor fails to pay principal of the Notes when due at maturity or
upon acceleration, or the Company or any Guarantor fails to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price payable in respect of any Notes when due (whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article 11 or Article 13, as applicable); 

(c) the Company fails to pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of Company Common Stock, or a combination of cash and shares of
Company Common Stock, as the case may be, in accordance with Article 10, upon the conversion of any Notes and such failure continues for five calendar days following the scheduled settlement date for such conversion; 

(d) the Company fails to comply with Article 5 after written notice of such failure is given to the Company by the Trustee or
Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; 
 (e) the Company fails to provide notice
of any transaction described under Section 10.01(b) and such failure continues for five calendar days after the date for the delivery of such notice; 
 (f) the Company fails to provide notice of the anticipated effective date or actual effective date of a Fundamental Change on a timely basis as required by Sections 3.01(b) or 10.01(c), in each case,
which failure continues for five calendar days after the date for the delivery of such notice; 
 (g) the Company fails to
perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement in the Notes or this Indenture for a period of 60 calendar days after written notice of such failure is given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the
Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; 
 (h) the failure to pay when due (whether
at stated maturity or otherwise) or a default that results in the acceleration of maturity, of any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary (in each instance, other than a Securitization Entity) in an aggregate amount in excess of $50,000,000 (or its foreign currency equivalent), unless such indebtedness is discharged, or such acceleration is rescinded, stayed or
annulled, within a period of 30 calendar days after written notice of such failure is given by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; 

(i) a final judgment for the payment in excess of $50,000,000 (or its foreign currency equivalent), excluding any amounts covered by
insurance, rendered against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (in each instance, other than a Securitization Entity), which judgment is not paid,
discharged or stayed within 60 calendar days after (A) the date on which the right to appeal or petition for review thereof has expired if no such appeal or review has commenced, or (B) the date on which all rights to appeal or
petition for review have been extinguished; 

  
 40 

 (j) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (in each instance, other than a Securitization Entity) shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be
in full force and effect or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of such Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Guarantee; 

(k) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary (in each instance, other than a Securitization Entity) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (1) commences a voluntary case; 
 (2) consents to the entry of an
order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 
 (3) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or
for any substantial part of its property; 
 (4) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

 (5) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; or 

(l) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(1) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (in each instance, other than a Securitization Entity) in an involuntary case; 
 (2) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (in each instance, other than a
Securitization Entity) or for any substantial part of its property; 
 (3) orders the winding up or liquidation
of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (in each instance, other than a Securitization Entity); or 

(4) any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws; 

and the order, decree or similar relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 

  
 41 

 The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of
Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any
Bankruptcy Law. 
 The Company shall deliver notice in writing to the Trustee, promptly upon becoming aware of the occurrence of
any Event of Default or Default setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the action that the Company proposes to take with respect thereto. 

 

	Section 6.02	Acceleration. 

 If an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(k) or (1) with respect to the Company occurs, the principal amount of the Notes and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, on the outstanding Notes shall automatically become
due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(k) or (1) with respect to the Company) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal amount of the Notes and accrued and unpaid
interest on the outstanding Notes to be due and payable. Thereupon, the Trustee may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of Holders by appropriate judicial proceedings. 
 After a declaration of acceleration the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such
declaration if: 
 (a) the Company or, if applicable, any Guarantor has paid (or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to
pay): 
 (1) all overdue interest on all Notes; 

(2) the principal amount of any Notes that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration; 

(3) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest; and 

(4) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under this Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and 
 (b) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the
principal amount of the Notes and any accrued and unpaid interest that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. 

  
 42 

 No such rescission and annulment shall affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or
impair any right consequent thereon. 
  

	Section 6.03	Other Remedies. 

 If an
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A
delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any
other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  

	Section 6.04	Waiver of Past Defaults. 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may, on behalf of all Holders, waive any past Default or
Event of Default under this Indenture and its consequences, except: 
 (a) the Company’s failure to pay principal of or
interest, including Additional Interest, on any Notes when due; 
 (b) the Company’s failure to convert any Notes into
cash, shares of Company Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Company Common Stock, as the case may be, pursuant to the terms of this Indenture; 
 (c) the Company’s failure to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date in connection with a Holder exercising its repurchase rights; or 

(d) the Company’s failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Indenture that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended
without the consent of each Holder affected. 
 Without limiting any rights of the Holders set forth in Section 6.05, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders of all the Notes, rescind an acceleration and its consequences hereunder, if the rescission would
not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, including any Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes that has become due solely because of the
acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
 When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 

  
 43 

	Section 6.05	Control by Majority. 

 The
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which the
Trustee has not received adequate indemnity as determined by it in good faith; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any
action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses, liabilities, and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 

 

	Section 6.06	Limitation on Suits. 

 No
Holder may pursue any remedy under this Indenture, except in the case of a default in the payment of principal or interest on the Notes, unless: 
 (a) such Holder has given the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default; 
 (b)
the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy, and offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any cost, liability or
expense of the Trustee; 
 (c) the Trustee fails to comply with such request within 60 calendar days after receipt of such
request and the offer of indemnity; and 
 (d) during such 60 calendar day period, the Trustee has not received an inconsistent
direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 
 A Holder may not use this
Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee shall not have any affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are
unduly prejudicial to such Holders). 
  

	Section 6.07	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. 

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal (including payments pursuant to the required repurchase provisions of the Notes) of and
interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes or in the event of repurchase, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired
or affected without the consent of such Holder. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to enforce its rights of conversion in accordance with the provisions of Article 10, on or after the
applicable date for settlement of the Company’s Conversion Obligation, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

  
 44 

	Section 6.08	Collection Suit by Trustee. 

 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a), (b) or (c) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the
Company or, if applicable, any Guarantor for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07. 

 

	Section 6.09	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

 The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its Subsidiaries, any Guarantor or their respective creditors or property and, unless
prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter, and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy
or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments
directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

  

	Section 6.10	Priorities. 

 If the
Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07; 
 SECOND: to
Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal (including payments pursuant to the required repurchase provisions of the Notes) and interest, ratably without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable
on the Notes for principal (including payments pursuant to the required repurchase provisions of the Notes) and interest or in respect of any Conversion Obligation of the Company, respectively; and 

THIRD: to the Company. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least fifteen calendar days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each
Holder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 
  

	Section 6.11	Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its 

  
 45 

 
discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including
reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the
Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Sections 6.06 and 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes. 
  

	Section 6.12	Failure to Comply with Reporting Covenant. 

 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, if the Company so elects, the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to the failure to comply with the reporting obligations in described
in Section 4.03(a) hereof , shall, at the Company’s option, for the 90 calendar days after the occurrence of such an Event of Default, consist exclusively of the right to receive Additional Interest on the Notes at an annual rate
equal to 0.50% of the principal amount of the Notes (“Reporting Additional Interest”). In the event the Company does not elect to pay the Reporting Additional Interest upon an Event of Default in accordance with this
Section 6.12, the Notes shall be subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.02. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate of any Reporting Additional Interest and any Rule 144 Additional Interest
for any period exceed 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of the Notes in respect of such period. Reporting Additional Interest shall accrue on all outstanding Notes from and including the date on which an Event of Default relating to a
failure to comply with the reporting obligations in this Indenture first occurs to, but not including, the 90th day (or such earlier date on which the Event of Default is cured or waived). On such 90th day if such Event of Default is continuing,
such Reporting Additional Interest will cease to accrue and the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.02 above. This Section 6.12 will not affect the rights of Holders in the event of the occurrence of any other
Event of Default. 
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
  

	Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee. 

 (a)
If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 (1) the Trustee need only perform such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied
covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the absence of bad
faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming

  
 46 

 
to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates and opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be furnished to it, the Trustee shall examine the
certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful
misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer
unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (3) the Trustee
shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05. 
 (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section. 

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

 (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 (g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial
liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured to it. 
 (h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or
affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section. 
  

	Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee. 

 (a)
The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or
matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’
Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

  
 47 

 (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or
negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of
counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance
with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or
investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or
attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of
this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby. 

(g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its rights to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(h) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by
it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (i) The Trustee shall
not be required to give any note, bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture. 

(j) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture
arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots;
interruptions; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action. 

(k) Any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’
Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Trustee by copies thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or
equivalent Officer). 

  
 48 

 (l) The permissive rights of the Trustee set forth in this Indenture shall not be construed
as duties. 
 (m) The Trustee shall be permitted to engage in other transactions with the Company; provided that if the
Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict or resign pursuant to this Article 7. 
 (n) In no
event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of
such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 
  

	Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee. 

 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, any Guarantor or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee. Any Conversion Agent, Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Section 7.10. 

 

	Section 7.04	Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes or any
Guarantee, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the
sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. 
  

	Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults. 

 (a)
The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default, unless a Responsible Officer has received written notice thereof at its Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references this Indenture. No duty imposed upon the
Trustee in this Indenture shall be applicable with respect to any Default or Event of Default of which the Trustee is not deemed to have notice. 
 (b) If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail by first class mail to each Holder at the address set forth in the Register notice
of the Default or Event of Default within 90 calendar days after it becomes aware of the occurrence of such Default or Event of Default, unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived. Except in the case of a Default or
Event of Default in payment of principal or interest on any Notes or a Default in the failure to deliver the consideration due upon conversion, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith
determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. 

  
 49 

	Section 7.06	[Reserved.] 

  

	Section 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity. 

 The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by
any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its
services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. Each of the Company and any Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify
the Trustee, and hold it harmless, against any and all loss, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes or the acceptance or administration of this
trust and the performance of its duties or powers hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify
the Company shall not relieve the Company of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Company’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified
parties may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense
and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and such parties in connection with such defense. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Company need not reimburse any expense or
indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct and negligence. The Company and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the
Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest and any liquidated damages on particular Notes. 

The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this
Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(k) or
(1) with respect to the Company the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 50 

	Section 7.08	[Reserved.] 

  

	Section 7.09	Replacement of Trustee. 

The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the
Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if: 
 (a) the
Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 
 (b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(d) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 
 If the Trustee is removed by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if the Trustee resigns, is removed by
the Company or a vacancy otherwise exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 calendar days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction (at the expense of the Company) for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 If
the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under
Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  

	Section 7.10	Successor Trustee by Merger. 

 If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting,
surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 

  
 51 

 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to
the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver
such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the
Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 

 

	Section 7.11	Eligibility; Disqualification. 

 The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Trust Indenture Act § 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its
most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1)
any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company or the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Trust Indenture
Act § 310(b)(1) are met. 
 ARTICLE 8 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 
  

	Section 8.01	Discharge of Liability on Notes. 

 (a) This Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.01(b), cease to be of further effect if: 
 (1) the Company (i) delivers all outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.09) to the Trustee for cancellation or (ii) (x) deposits with the Trustee or the
Paying Agent after such Notes have become due and payable, whether at stated maturity, upon conversion, or on any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, cash (including any cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with the conversion) and
(y) in the case of a conversion for which a Physical Settlement or Combination Settlement applies, delivers to the converting Holders shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon conversion, in each case calculated in accordance with this
Indenture sufficient to satisfy all obligations due on all outstanding Notes and pays all other sums payable under this Indenture; and 
 (2) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge
of this Indenture have been complied with. 

  
 52 

 (b) Notwithstanding Section 8.01(a), the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors,
as applicable, in Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 7.07, 7.08 and in this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, in
Sections 7.07, 8.03 and 8.04 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 
  

	Section 8.02	Application of Trust Money. 

 The Trustee shall hold in trust money or other property due in respect of converted Notes or payments due under this Article 8 deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the
deposited money through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes due in respect of converted Notes, in accordance with this Indenture in relation to the conversion of Notes
pursuant to the terms hereof. 
  

	Section 8.03	Repayment to Company. 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money
held by them for the payment of principal or interest and any shares of Company Common Stock or other property due in respect of converted Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money and/or securities
must look to the Company for payment as general creditors. 
  

	Section 8.04	Reinstatement. 

 If the
Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or to deliver any other property due in respect of converted Notes or other payments due in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no
deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or other property due in respect of converted Notes or other payments due in accordance with this Article 8;
provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to
receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENTS 
  

	Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders. 

 This Indenture (including the terms and conditions of the Notes) and the Notes may be modified or amended by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, without the consent of the Holders, to, among
other things: 
 (a) provide for conversion rights of Holders and the Company’s repurchase obligations in connection with a
Fundamental Change and/or in the event of any events described under Section 10.05; 

  
 53 

 (b) secure the Notes; 

(c) provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in the event of a merger or
consolidation, or sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s assets; 
 (d) surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company; 
 (e) add to the
Company’s covenants for the benefit of the Holders; 
 (f) cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any inconsistent or
otherwise defective provision contained in this Indenture or the Guarantee; provided that such modification or amendment does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; provided, further, that any
amendment made solely to conform the provisions of this Indenture or the Guarantee to the description of the Notes contained in the Offering Memorandum, and as provided to the Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate, shall be deemed not to
adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; 
 (g) make any provision with respect to matters or
questions arising under this Indenture that the Company may deem necessary or desirable and that shall not be inconsistent with provisions of this Indenture; provided that such change or modification does not adversely affect the interests of
the Holders in any respect; 
 (h) increase the Conversion Rate; 

(i) irrevocably elect or eliminate one or more Settlement Methods or, in the case of Combination Settlement, irrevocably elect a
Specified Dollar Amount; 
 (j) allow any Guarantor to execute a Supplemental Indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the
Notes, remove a Guarantor which, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, ceases to be liable in respect of its Guarantee or add any other Guarantor of the Notes; 
 (k) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture; and 
 (l) provide for a successor Trustee. 
 After a modification or amendment under
this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such modification or amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect in the notice, shall not impair or affect
the validity of the modification or amendment under this Section 9.01. 

  
 54 

	Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders. 

This Indenture (including the terms and conditions of the Notes) may not be modified or amended without the written consent or the
affirmative vote of the Holder of each Note affected by such change to: 
 (a) change the Maturity Date of any Notes;

 (b) reduce the rate or extend the time for payment of interest on any Notes; 

(c) reduce the principal amount of any Notes; 
 (d) reduce any amount payable upon repurchase of any Notes upon a Fundamental Change; 
 (e) impair the right of a Holder to receive payment with respect to any Notes or institute suit for payment of any Notes; 
 (f) change the currency in which any Note is payable; 
 (g) change the
Company’s obligation to repurchase any Notes upon a Fundamental Change in a manner adverse to the Holders; 
 (h) affect
the right of a Holder to convert any Notes into cash, shares of Company Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Company Common Stock, as the case may be, or reduce the number of shares of Company Common Stock or amount of property,
including cash, receivable upon conversion pursuant to the terms of this Indenture; 
 (i) change the Company’s obligation
to maintain an office or agency in New York City; or 
 (j) reduce the percentage of the Notes required for consent to any
modification or waiver of this Indenture that does not require the consent of each affected Holder. 
 Any modification or
change in any provision of the Indenture or the related definitions affecting the subordination or ranking of the Notes in any manner which adversely affects the Holders shall require the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes. 
 Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.02, this Indenture (including the terms
and conditions of the Notes) and the Notes may be modified or amended, with the written consent or affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection
with a tender offer or exchange offer). The consent of the Holders is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed modification or amendment. Any consent under this Section 9.02 is sufficient if such consent
approves the substance of the proposed modification or amendment. 

  
 55 

 After a modification or amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Company shall provide to Holders a notice briefly describing such modification or amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect in the notice, shall not impair or affect the validity of the modification or
amendment under this Section 9.02. 
  

	Section 9.03	[Reserved.] 

  

	Section 9.04	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. 

 A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note,
even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation
before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. An amendment or waiver becomes effective once both (i) the requisite number of consents have been received by the Company or the Trustee and (ii) such amendment or waiver has been
executed by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. 
 The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date
for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately
preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether
or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 calendar days after such record date. 

 

	Section 9.05	Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

 If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver the Note to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the
changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make
the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment. 
  

	Section 9.06	Trustee to Sign Amendments. 

 The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the
Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be provided with, and (subject to Sections 7.01 and 7.02) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.04, an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 

  
 56 

 ARTICLE 10 
 CONVERSION OF NOTES 
  

	Section 10.01	Right to Convert. 

 Upon
compliance with the provisions of this Article 10, a Holder may convert, at such Holder’s option, all or part of its Notes, in integral multiples of $1,000, based on the Conversion Rate (the “Conversion Obligation”). Prior
to March 1, 2019, Holders shall have the right to convert their Notes only under the circumstances described in clauses (a) through (d) below. On or after March 1, 2019, a Holder may surrender its Notes for conversion at any time
on or prior to the close of business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date without regard to the conditions in clauses (a) through (d) below. In no event may Notes be surrendered for conversion after
the close of business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date. 
 (a) Conversion Based on
Company Common Stock Price. Notes may be surrendered for conversion on any date during any calendar quarter beginning after June 30, 2013 (and only during such calendar quarter) if the Closing Sale Price of the Company Common Stock was more
than 130% of the then current Conversion Price for at least 20 Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) in the period of the 30 consecutive Trading Days ending on the last Trading Day of the previous calendar quarter. 

(b) Conversion Upon Specified Corporate Transactions. If the Company: 

(1) distributes to all or substantially all holders of its Company Common Stock rights, options or warrants entitling them
to purchase, for a period of 60 calendar days or less from the declaration date for such distribution, shares of Company Common Stock at a price per share less than the average Closing Sale Price of Company Common Stock for the ten consecutive
Trading Days immediately preceding, but excluding, the declaration date for such distribution; or 
 (2) makes a
distribution to all or substantially all holders of its Company Common Stock cash, other assets, securities or rights to purchase securities of the Company (other than pursuant to a rights plan), which distribution has a per share value exceeding
10% of the Closing Sale Price of the Company Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date for such distribution, 

then, in each case, the Company shall notify all Holders at least 30 Business Days prior to the Ex-Date for any such distribution by notice in
writing. Once the Company has given such notice, a Holder may surrender all or a portion of its Notes for conversion at any time until the earlier of the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date or the Company’s
public announcement that such distribution shall not take place. A Holder may not convert any of its Notes based on this Section 10.01(b) if as a result of holding its Notes such Holder shall otherwise participate in the distribution, without
converting the Notes, at the same time and on the same terms as holders of the Company Common Stock as if such Holder held a number of shares of Company Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate on the Record Date of such distribution for each
$1,000 principal amount of Notes held by such Holder (calculated on an aggregate basis per Holder). 

  
 57 

 (c) Conversion Upon a Fundamental Change. If (1) the Company is a party to a
consolidation, merger, binding share exchange or sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the Company’s property and assets that does not constitute a Fundamental Change, in each case, pursuant to which the Company Common Stock would
be converted into cash, securities and/or other property or (2) a Fundamental Change occurs, the Company shall notify each Holder at least 10 Business Days prior to the anticipated effective date for any such transaction by notice in
writing. In such event, each Holder will have the right to convert its Notes at any time beginning 10 Business Days prior to the date the Company notifies such Holder as being the anticipated effective date of the transaction to, and including
(x) in the case of any transaction described in clause (1) above, the date which is 35 calendar days after the date that is the actual effective date of such transaction and (y) in the case of any transaction described in clause
(2) above the Business Day immediately preceding the relevant Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. If any Holder has submitted any or all of its Notes for repurchase in connection with a Fundamental Change, unless such Holder has withdrawn such
Notes in a timely fashion, its conversion rights on the Notes so subject to repurchase will expire at the close of business on the Business Day preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. If any Holder has submitted any Notes for repurchase, such Notes may be converted only if such Holder properly submits a withdrawal notice and, if the Notes submitted are evidenced by a Global Note, such Holder
complies with appropriate Depositary procedures. 
 (d) Conversion Upon Satisfaction of Trading Price Condition. Notes
may be surrendered for conversion during the five consecutive Business Day period following any ten consecutive Trading Day period in which the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, as determined following a request by a Holder in
accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10.01(d), for each Trading Day of such ten Trading Day period was less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Company Common Stock for each Trading Day during such ten
Trading Day period and the then current Conversion Rate. The Trustee shall determine the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes upon the Company’s written request. The Company shall have no obligation to make such request unless a
Holder requests that the Company do so. Once a Holder makes such a request, the Company shall instruct the Trustee in writing to determine the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for each Trading Day until the minimum Trading Price
threshold is exceeded. If the Company does not so instruct the Trustee to obtain bids when required, or if the Trustee does not obtain bids when directed by the Company, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes will be deemed to be
less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Company Common Stock and the applicable Conversion Rate on each Trading Day such failure occurs. 
  

	Section 10.02	Conversion Procedures; Settlement Upon Conversion; No Adjustment for Interest or Dividends; Cash Payments in Lieu of Fractional Shares. 

(a) In order to exercise the conversion right with respect to any Notes in certificated form, a Holder must, prior to the deadline for
such conversion specified in Section 10.01: 
 (1) complete and manually sign a notice of conversion in the
form entitled “Form of Conversion Notice” attached to the reverse of such certificated Note (or a facsimile thereof) (a “Conversion Notice”); 

  
 58 

 (2) deliver such Conversion Notice and the certificated Notes to be
converted to the Conversion Agent at the office of the Conversion Agent; 
 (3) to the extent any shares of
Company Common Stock issuable upon conversion are to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents as may be required by the Conversion Agent; 

(4) if required pursuant to this Section 10.02(a), pay funds equal to interest (excluding any Additional Interest)
payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled; and 
 (5) if required pursuant
to Section 10.02(g), pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any. 
 In order to exercise the conversion right with respect
to any interest in a Global Note, a Holder must, prior to the deadline for such conversion specified in Section 10.01: 
 (1) deliver to the Conversion Agent via the Depositary the appropriate instruction form for conversion pursuant to the Depositary’s conversion program; 

(2) if required pursuant to this Section 10.02(a), pay funds equal to interest (excluding any Additional Interest)
payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled; and 
 (3) if required pursuant
to Section 10.02(g), pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any. 
 The date on which the Holder satisfies the foregoing
requirements is the “Conversion Date.” The Notes shall be deemed to have been converted immediately prior to the close of business on the Conversion Date; provided, however, that the Person in whose name any shares of
the Company Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall become the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on the Conversion Date, in the case of Physical Settlement, or the last Trading Day of the relevant
Conversion Period, in the case of Combination Settlement. 
 If a Holder converts any Notes after the close of business on the
Regular Record Date for an interest payment but prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the record Holder on such Regular Record Date shall receive on the corresponding Interest Payment Date the full amount of interest accrued and unpaid
on such Notes, notwithstanding such Holder’s conversion of those Notes prior to the Interest Payment Date. However, except as provided in the next sentence, at the time such Holder surrenders its Notes for conversion after the close of business
on a Regular Record Date but prior to the open of business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, such Holder must pay the Company an amount equal to the interest (excluding any Additional Interest) that has accrued and shall be paid on the
Notes being converted on the corresponding Interest Payment Date. However, such Holder is not required to make such payment: 
 (1) if such Holder converts its Notes following the close of business on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date; 

  
 59 

 (2) if such Holder converts its Notes in connection with a Fundamental
Change and the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date; or 

(3) to the extent of any overdue interest, if overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to such
Holder’s Notes. 
 If a Holder has already delivered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice pursuant to Section 3.01
with respect to a Note, such Holder may not surrender that Note for conversion until such Holder has validly withdrawn the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with Section 3.02, except as to a portion of such Note that is not
subject to such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. 
 (b) Subject to this Section 10.02, Section 10.03 and
Section 10.05, upon conversion of any Note, the Company may, at its election, pay or deliver, as the case may be, to the converting Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted either solely cash (“Cash
Settlement”), solely shares of Company Common Stock (other than cash in lieu of any fractional shares) (“Physical Settlement”) or a combination of cash and shares of Company Common Stock (“Combination
Settlement”), as set forth in this Section 10.02(b). 
 All conversions occurring on or after March 1, 2019
shall be settled using the same Settlement Method. Prior to March 1, 2019, the Company shall use the same Settlement Method for all conversions occurring on the same Conversion Date, but the Company shall not have any obligation to use the same
Settlement Method with respect to conversions that occur on different Conversion Dates. If the Company elects a Settlement Method, the Company shall notify Holders so converting of such Settlement Method through the Trustee, no later than the close
of business on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the related Conversion Date (or, in the case of any conversions occurring on or after March 1, 2019, no later than the close of business on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately
preceding March 1, 2019). If the Company does not timely elect a Settlement Method, the Company shall no longer have the right to elect Cash Settlement or Physical Settlement, and the Company shall be deemed to have elected Combination
Settlement in respect of its Conversion Obligation, and the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be $1,000. If the Company elects Combination Settlement but does not timely notify converting Holders of the
Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, such Specified Dollar Amount will be deemed to be $1,000. 

  
 60 

 The cash, shares of Company Common Stock or combination of cash and shares of Company Common
Stock in respect of any conversion of Notes (the “Settlement Amount”) shall be computed as follows: 
 (1) if the Company elects to satisfy its Conversion Obligation in respect of such conversion by Physical Settlement, the Company shall deliver to converting Holders in respect of each $1,000 principal
amount of Notes being converted a number of shares of Company Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date (and cash in lieu of any fractional share as described in Section 10.02(i)); 

(2) if the Company elects to satisfy its Conversion Obligation in respect of such conversion by Cash Settlement, the
Company shall pay to converting Holders in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted cash in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Conversion Values for each of the 25 consecutive Trading Days in the relevant Conversion
Period; and 
 (3) if the Company elects (or is deemed to have elected) to satisfy its Conversion Obligation in
respect of such conversion by Combination Settlement, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to converting Holders in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted, a Settlement Amount equal to the sum of the Daily
Settlement Amounts for each of the 25 consecutive Trading Days in the relevant Conversion Period (and cash in lieu of any fractional share as described in Section 10.02(i)). 

(c) Except as described under Section 10.03, Section 10.04 and Section 10.05, if Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement
is applicable, the Company shall pay and/or deliver the consideration due upon conversion on the third Business Day immediately following the final Trading Day of the related Conversion Period. If Physical Settlement is applicable, the Company shall
deliver the consideration due upon conversion on the third Business Day immediately following the related Conversion Date; provided, that, with respect to any Conversion Date with respect to which Physical Settlement applies occurring after
June 1, 2019, settlement will occur on the Maturity Date (except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04). 
 (d) If
more than one Note shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the Conversion Obligation with respect to such Notes, if any, that shall be payable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered. 
 (e) In case any
certificated Note shall be surrendered for partial conversion, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the certificated Note so surrendered, without charge to such
Holder, a new certificated Note or Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered certificated Note. 
 (f) Upon the conversion of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee and the Depositary shall reduce the principal amount of such Global Note in their records. 

  
 61 

 (g) The issue of stock certificates on conversions of Notes shall be made without charge to
the converting Holder of Notes for any taxes or duties in respect of the issue thereof. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax or duty which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of
stock in any name other than that of the Holder of any Notes converted, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such stock certificate unless and until the Person or Persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the
Company the amount of such tax or duty or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid. 
 (h) Except as provided in Section 10.02(a), upon conversion, Holders shall not receive any separate cash payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes. Accrued and unpaid interest (excluding
any Additional Interest) to the Conversion Date shall be deemed to be paid in full with the payment or delivery, as the case may be, of the cash, Company Common Stock or a combination thereof, upon conversion, rather than cancelled, extinguished or
forfeited. With respect to any conversion with Combination Settlement, accrued and unpaid interest will be deemed to be paid first out of the cash paid upon such conversion. 
 (i) The Company shall not issue fractional shares of Company Common Stock upon conversion of the Notes. If any fractional shares of Company Common Stock would be issuable upon the conversion of any Note
or Notes, the Company shall instead pay cash in lieu of fractional shares based on the Closing Sale Price of the Company Common Stock on the relevant Conversion Date, in the case of Physical Settlement, or on the final Trading Day of the relevant
Conversion Period, in the case of Combination Settlement. 
 (j) Except as described under Section 10.04, the Company shall
not make any payment or other adjustment for dividends on any Company Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes. 
 (k)
The Company shall inform the Trustee upon its request if the Notes have become convertible under Section 10.01(a). 
  

	Section 10.03	Adjustment to Conversion Rate Upon a Make-Whole Fundamental Change. 

 If and only to the extent a Holder elects to convert its Notes in connection with a Fundamental Change described in clauses (1), (2) (3) or (4) of the definition of Fundamental Change
(a “Make-Whole Fundamental Change”), the Conversion Rate shall be increased by an additional number of shares of Company Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”). 

The number of Additional Shares shall be determined by reference to the table below, based on the date on which the Make-Whole
Fundamental Change becomes effective (the “Make-Whole Effective Date”) and the price paid (or deemed paid) per share (the “Stock Price”) for the Company Common Stock in such Make-Whole Fundamental Change. If holders
of Company Common Stock receive only cash in any transaction described in clause (1) of the definition of Fundamental Change, the Stock Price will be the cash amount paid per share. Otherwise, the Stock Price will be equal to the average of the
Closing Sale Prices of the Company Common Stock on the five Trading Days prior to, but excluding, the Make-Whole Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change. The Company shall notify Holders of the anticipated Make-Whole Effective Date of
any Make-Whole Fundamental Change at least 10 Business Days prior to such anticipated Make-Whole Effective Date. 

  
 62 

 A conversion of the Notes by a Holder shall be deemed for purposes of this
Section 10.03 to be “in connection with” a Make-Whole Fundamental Change only if the Conversion Date occurs on or following the Make-Whole Effective Date of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change but before the close of business on the
Business Day immediately preceding the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (as specified in the Fundamental Change Company Notice). 
 Upon surrender of Notes for conversion in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Company shall, at its option, satisfy its Conversion Obligation by Physical Settlement, Cash Settlement or
Combination Settlement, as described under Section 10.02(b). However, if the consideration received by holders of the Company Common Stock in any Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (1) of the definition of Fundamental Change
is composed entirely of cash, for any conversion of Notes following the Make-Whole Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Settlement Amount will be calculated based solely on the Stock Price for the transaction and will be deemed
to be an amount of cash per $1,000 principal amount of converted Notes equal to the Conversion Rate (including any adjustment as described in this Section 10.03), multiplied by such Stock Price. In such event, the Company shall satisfy its
Conversion Obligation by paying cash to converting Holders on the third Business Day immediately following the Conversion Date. 

The number of Additional Shares set forth in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner as and at the same time as the
Conversion Rate of the Notes is adjusted pursuant to Section 10.04. The Stock Prices set forth in the first row of the table below (i.e., the column headers) shall be simultaneously adjusted to equal the Stock Prices immediately prior to such
adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Conversion Rate immediately prior to the adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Conversion Rate as so adjusted. 

The following table sets forth the number of Additional Shares by which the Conversion Rate shall be increased upon conversion in
connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change: 
  

																																																					
	 	  	Stock Price	 
	Make-Whole Effective Date	  	$44.97	 	  	$50.00	 	  	$55.00	 	  	$58.46	 	  	$60.00	 	  	$65.00	 	  	$70.00	 	  	$80.00	 	  	$90.00	 	  	$100.00	 	  	$110.00	 	  	$130.00	 	  	$150.00	 
														
	 June 12, 2013
	  	 	5.1316	  	  	 	3.9571	  	  	 	3.0925	  	  	 	2.6229	  	  	 	2.4412	  	  	 	1.9438	  	  	 	1.5591	  	  	 	1.0202	  	  	 	0.6778	  	  	 	0.4532	  	  	 	0.3022	  	  	 	0.1271	  	  	 	0.0430	  
														
	 June 15, 2014
	  	 	5.1316	  	  	 	3.7757	  	  	 	2.9021	  	  	 	2.4328	  	  	 	2.2525	  	  	 	1.7632	  	  	 	1.3903	  	  	 	0.8797	  	  	 	0.5653	  	  	 	0.3655	  	  	 	0.2350	  	  	 	0.0899	  	  	 	0.0244	  
														
	 June 15, 2015
	  	 	5.1316	  	  	 	3.5803	  	  	 	2.6911	  	  	 	2.2201	  	  	 	2.0408	  	  	 	1.5601	  	  	 	1.2012	  	  	 	0.7250	  	  	 	0.4447	  	  	 	0.2743	  	  	 	0.1676	  	  	 	0.0554	  	  	 	0.0092	  
														
	 June 15, 2016
	  	 	5.1316	  	  	 	3.3811	  	  	 	2.4608	  	  	 	1.9826	  	  	 	1.8030	  	  	 	1.3298	  	  	 	0.9874	  	  	 	0.5542	  	  	 	0.3168	  	  	 	0.1821	  	  	 	0.1032	  	  	 	0.0266	  	  	 	0.0000	  
														
	 June 15,2017
	  	 	5.1316	  	  	 	3.1830	  	  	 	2.2000	  	  	 	1.7035	  	  	 	1.5207	  	  	 	1.0534	  	  	 	0.7325	  	  	 	0.3603	  	  	 	0.1817	  	  	 	0.0927	  	  	 	0.0462	  	  	 	0.0060	  	  	 	0.0000	  
														
	 June 15, 2018
	  	 	5.1316	  	  	 	2.9588	  	  	 	1.8388	  	  	 	1.3008	  	  	 	1.1110	  	  	 	0.6561	  	  	 	0.3815	  	  	 	0.1283	  	  	 	0.0465	  	  	 	0.0191	  	  	 	0.0077	  	  	 	0.0000	  	  	 	0.0000	  
														
	 June 15, 2019
	  	 	5.1316	  	  	 	2.8946	  	  	 	1.0764	  	  	 	0.0000	  	  	 	0.0000	  	  	 	0.0000	  	  	 	0.0000	  	  	 	0.0000	  	  	 	0.0000	  	  	 	0.0000	  	  	 	0.0000	  	  	 	0.0000	  	  	 	0.0000	  

  
 63 

 provided, however, that the exact Stock Price and Make-Whole Effective Date may not be set
forth on the table, in which case, if the Stock Price is: 
 (1) between two Stock Prices on the table or the
Make-Whole Effective Date is between two Make-Whole Effective Dates on the table, the number of Additional Shares will be determined by straight-line interpolation between the number of Additional Shares set forth for the higher and lower Stock
Prices and the earlier and later Make-Whole Effective Dates, as applicable, based on a 360-day year; 
 (2)
greater than $150.00 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner and at the same time as the Stock Prices in the table above), the Conversion Rate will not be increased; or 

(3) less than $44.97 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner and at the same time as the Stock Prices in the
table above), the Conversion Rate will not be increased. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the total number of
shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon conversion exceed 22.2370 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 10.04. 

 

	Section 10.04	Adjustment of Conversion Rate. 

 The Company shall adjust the Conversion Rate for the following events: 
 (a) If
the Company shall issue shares of Company Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on shares of Company Common Stock, or if the Company effects a share split or share combination with respect to its Company Common Stock, the Conversion Rate shall
be adjusted based on the following formula: 
  

							
		 	 CR1     =     CR0    x    
	  	     OS1    
	  	
		 	  	    
OS0    	  	

 where, 
  

					
	CR1	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or the Effective Date of such share split or share combination,
as the case may be;
			
	CR0	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or the Effective Date of such share split or share
combination, as the case may be;

  
 64 

					
	OS0	  	=	  	the number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or the Effective Date of such
share split or share combination; and
			
	OS1	  	=	  	the number of shares of Company Common Stock that would be outstanding immediately after, and solely as a result of, such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination,
as the case may be.

 Any adjustment made under this clause (a) shall become effective immediately after the open of
business on such Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the open of business on the Effective Date for such share split or share combination, as applicable. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this
clause (a) is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors or a committee thereof determines not to pay such dividend or distribution, to the Conversion
Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. 
 (b) If the Company shall distribute
to all or substantially all holders of its Company Common Stock any rights, options or warrants entitling them to purchase, for a period of 60 calendar days or less from the declaration date for such distribution, shares of the Company Common
Stock at a price per share less than the average Closing Sale Price of the Company Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding, but excluding, the declaration date for such distribution, the Conversion Rate shall be
increased based on the following formula: 
  

							
		 	CR1     =     CR0    x    	  	   OS0 + X  
	  	
		 	  	OS0 + Y	  	

 where 
  

					
	CR1	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;
			
	CR0	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;
			
	OS0	  	=	  	the number of shares of the Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;
			
	X	  	=	  	the total number of shares of the Company Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and
			
	Y	  	=	  	the number of shares of the Company Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants, divided by the average Closing Sale Price
of the Company Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding, but excluding, the declaration date for such distribution.

  
 65 

 Any increase made under this clause (b) shall be made successively whenever any such
rights, options or warrants are distributed and shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution. To the extent that shares of the Company Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such
rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the distribution of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only
the number of shares of the Company Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so distributed, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such Ex-Date for such
distribution had not occurred. 
 For purposes of this clause (b) and Section 10.01(b)(1) above, in determining
whether any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company Common Stock at a price per share less than such average Closing Sale Price for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding,
but excluding, the declaration date for such distribution, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of the Company Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Company for such rights,
options or warrants and any amount payable upon exercise or conversion thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof. 

(c) If the Company distributes shares of its Capital Stock, evidences of its Indebtedness or other of its securities, assets or property
to all or substantially all holders of Company Common Stock, excluding: 
 (i) dividends or distributions
described in clause (a) or (b) above; 
 (ii) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash
described in clause (d) below; and 
 (iii) Spin-Offs described below in the third paragraph of this
clause (c), 
 then the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula: 

 

							
		  	 CR1     =     CR0     x    
	  	 SP0
	  	
		  	  	  SP0 – FMV  	  	

 where, 
  

					
	CR1	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;

  
 66 

					
	CR0	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;
			
	SP0	  	=	  	the average Closing Sale Price of the Company Common Stock over the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding, but excluding, the Ex-Date for such distribution;
and
			
	FMV	  	=	  	the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof) of the shares of Capital Stock, evidences of Indebtedness, securities, assets or property
distributed with respect to each outstanding share of the Company Common Stock immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution.

 Any increase made under the portion of this clause (c) above shall become effective immediately
after the open of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution. If such distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared.

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than
“SP0” (as defined above), or if the difference
between “SP0” and “FMV” is less than
$1.00, in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder shall receive, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount thereof, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Company Common Stock without having to convert its Notes, the amount
and kind of the Capital Stock, evidences of the Company’s Indebtedness, or other securities assets or property of the Company that such Holder would have received as if such Holder owned a number of shares of Company Common Stock equal to the
Conversion Rate in effect on the Ex-Date for the distribution. 
 With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this clause (c)
where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution on the Company Common Stock in shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interests, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Company that
will be, upon distribution, listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange (a “Spin-Off”), the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula: 

 

							
		  	 CR1     =     CR0    x    
	  	   FMV + MP0  
	  	
		  	  	MP0	  	

 where, 
  

					
	CR1	  	=	  	Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Date for the Spin-Off;
			
	CR0	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Date for the Spin-Off;

  
 67 

					
	FMV	  	=	  	the average Closing Sale Price of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of the Company Common Stock applicable to one share of the Company Common Stock
for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately following the Ex-Date for such Spin-Off (such period, the “Valuation Period”); and
			
	MP0	  	=	  	the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Company Common Stock over the Valuation Period.

 Any adjustment to the Conversion Rate under the preceding paragraph of this clause (c) shall be made
immediately after the close of business on the last day of the Valuation Period, but shall be given effect as of the open of business on the Ex-Date for the Spin-Off. Because the Company will make the adjustment to the Conversion Rate at the end of
the Valuation Period with retroactive effect, the Company shall delay the settlement of any Notes where the final day of the related Conversion Period occurs during the Valuation Period. In such event, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case
may be, any cash and shares of the Company Common Stock due upon conversion (based on the adjusted Conversion Rate as described above) on the third Business Day immediately following the last Trading Day of the Valuation Period. 

(d) If the Company pays any cash dividends or distributions exclusively in cash to all or substantially all holders of its Company Common
Stock (other than dividends or distributions made in connection with the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding-up), the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula: 

 

							
		  	 CR1     =     CR0    x    
	  	 SP0
	  	
		  	  	      SP0 – C      	  	

 where, 
  

					
	CR1	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution;
			
	CR0	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution;
			
	SP0	  	=	  	the average Closing Sale Price of the Company Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding, but excluding, the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution;
and
			
	C	  	=	  	the amount in cash per share the Company distributes to holders of the Company Common Stock.

 Any increase made under this clause (d) shall become effective immediately after the open of
business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased, effective as of the date the 

  
 68 

 
Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, determines not to make or pay such dividend or distribution, to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution
had not been declared. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “C” (as defined above) is equal to or
greater than “SP0” (as defined above), or if the
difference between “SP0” and “C” is less
than $1.00, in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder shall receive, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount thereof, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of shares of the Company Common Stock without having to convert its
Notes, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received as if such Holder owned a number of shares of the Company Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Ex-Date for such cash dividend or distribution. 

(e) If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes a payment in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for the Company Common
Stock, to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of the Company Common Stock exceeds the Closing Sale Price of the Company Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date (the
“Expiration Date”) on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula: 

 

							
		  	 CR1     =     CR0    x    
	  	   AC + ( SP1 x OS1 )  
	  	
		  	  	OS0 x 
SP1	  	

 where, 
  

					
	CR1	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the close of business on the Trading Day immediately following the Expiration Date;
			
	CR0	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Trading Day immediately following the Expiration Date;
			
	AC	  	=	  	the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof) paid or payable for shares purchased in such tender or
exchange offer;
			
	SP1	  	=	  	the average Closing Sale Price of the Company Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Days next succeeding the Expiration Date (the “Averaging
Period”);
			
	OS1	  	=	  	the number of shares of the Company Common Stock outstanding immediately after the close of business on the Expiration Date (after giving effect to such tender offer or exchange
offer); and
			
	OS0	  	=	  	the number of shares of the Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (prior to giving effect to such tender offer or
exchange offer).

  
 69 

 Any adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this clause (e) shall be made immediately
after the close of business on the last day of the Averaging Period, but shall be given effect as of the open of business on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date. Because the Company shall make the adjustment to the Conversion Rate at
the end of the Averaging Period with retroactive effect, the Company shall delay the settlement of any Notes where the final day of the related Conversion Period occurs during the Averaging Period. In such event, the Company shall pay or deliver, as
the case may be, any cash and shares of the Company Common Stock due upon conversion (based on the adjusted Conversion Rate as described above) on the third Business Day immediately following the last day of the Averaging Period. 

(f) To the extent that any shareholders’ rights plan adopted by the Company is in effect upon conversion of the Notes, Holders will
receive, in addition to any Company Common Stock due upon conversion, the rights under the applicable rights agreement. However, if, prior to any conversion, the rights have separated from the shares of the Company Common Stock in accordance with
the provisions of the applicable shareholders’ rights plan, the Conversion Rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Company distributed to all holders of the Company Common Stock, shares of Capital Stock, evidences of
Indebtedness, securities, assets or property as described in clause (c) above, subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights. 

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Conversion Rate adjustment becomes effective on any Ex-Date as described in this
Section 10.04, and a Holder that has converted its Notes on or after such Ex-Date and on or prior to the related Record Date would be treated as the record holder of the shares of the Company Common Stock as of the related Conversion Date as
described under Section 10.02(b) based on an adjusted Conversion Rate for such Ex-Date, then, notwithstanding the foregoing Conversion Rate adjustment provisions, such Conversion Rate adjustment relating to such Ex-Date shall not be made for
such converting Holder. Instead, such Holder shall be treated as if such Holder were the record owner of such shares of Company Common Stock on an unadjusted basis and participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to
such adjustment. 
 (h) In addition, if a Holder converts a Note and 

(i) Combination Settlement is applicable to such a Note; 

(ii) the Record Date, Effective Date, or Expiration Date for any event that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate
under any of Sections 10.04(a) through (e) occurs (x) on or after the first Trading Day (as defined pursuant to the proviso of the definition thereof) of the related Conversion Period and (y) on or prior to the last Trading Day (as
defined pursuant to the proviso of the definition thereof) of such Conversion Period; and 
 (iii) the Daily
Settlement Amount for any Trading Day (as defined pursuant to the proviso of the definition thereof) in such Conversion Period that occurs on or prior to such Record Date, Effective Date or Expiration Date (x) includes shares of Company Common
Stock that do not entitle their holder to participate in such event and (y) is calculated based on a Conversion Rate that is not adjusted on account of such event; 

  
 70 

 then, on account of such conversion, the Company will, on such Record Date, Effective Date
or Expiration Date, treat such Holder, as a result of having converted such Notes, as though it were the record holder of a number of shares of Company Common Stock equal to the total number of shares of Company Common Stock that: 

(A) are deliverable as part of the Daily Settlement Amount (1) for a Trading Day (as defined pursuant to the proviso
of the definition thereof) in such Conversion Period that occurs on or prior to such Record Date, Effective Date or Expiration Date and (2) is calculated based on a Conversion Rate that is not adjusted for such event; and 

(B) if not for this Section 10.04(h) would not entitle such Holder to participate in such event. 

(i) Adjustments to the conversion rate will be calculated to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share. 

(j) Except as stated in this Section 10.04, the Company shall not adjust the Conversion Rate for the issuances of shares of Company
Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Company Common Stock or rights to, purchase shares of Company Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities. 

(k) Without limiting the foregoing Section 10.04(j), no adjustment to the Conversion Rate need be made: 

(i) upon the issuance of any shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the
reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on securities of the Company and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Company Common Stock under any plan; 

(ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Company Common Stock or options or rights to purchase shares of Company Common
Stock pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; 
 (iii) upon the issuance of any shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in clause (ii) above and
outstanding as of the date of this Indenture; 
 (iv) for a change in the par value of the Company Common Stock;
or 
 (v) for accrued and unpaid interest, if any. 

(l) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.04, the Conversion Rate shall not be adjusted pursuant to this
Section 10.04 if as a result of holding the 

  
 71 

 
Notes the Holders shall otherwise participate (other than in the case of a share split or share combination), at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Company Common Stock in
any of the transactions that would otherwise give rise to adjustment pursuant to this Section 10.04 without conversion of such Holder’s Notes as if such Holder held a number of shares of Company Common Stock equal to the applicable
Conversion Rate multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holder. 
 (m) No
adjustment pursuant to this Section 10.04 shall be made to the Conversion Rate unless such adjustment would require a change of at least 1% in the Conversion Rate then in effect at such time. However, any adjustments that are less than 1% of
the Conversion Rate shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment, regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1%, (i) annually on the anniversary of the first date of original issuance of the
Notes and (ii) otherwise (A) upon conversion of any Notes or (B) with respect to any converted Notes, on each Trading Day in any relevant Conversion Period and (C) immediately prior to any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date.

 (n) In addition to those required by Sections 10.04(a) through (e), and subject to the listing standards of the NYSE, the
Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for a period of at least 20 Business Days if the Board of Directors or a committee thereof determines that such increase would be in the Company’s best interest. In
addition, subject to the listing standards of the NYSE, the Company may also (but is not required to) increase the Conversion Rate to avoid or diminish income tax to holders of Company Common Stock or rights to purchase shares of Company Common
Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares (or rights to acquire shares) or similar event. 
 (o) Whenever
the Conversion Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall (i) file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate briefly stating the facts requiring the adjustment and the manner of computation and (ii) the Company shall
notify the Holders of the Notes and issue a press release containing the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it will be in effect or otherwise make the same information available on the Company’s website or through another
public medium as the Company may use at that time. 
 (p) For purposes of this Section 10.04, the number of shares of
Company Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Company Common Stock. The Company
shall not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Company Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company. 

(q) Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Company to calculate the Closing Sale Prices, the volume-weighted average
price, the Daily Conversion Values or the Daily Settlement Amounts over, or based on, a span of multiple calendar days (including a Conversion Period, Valuation Period or Averaging Period), the Company shall make appropriate adjustments to each to
account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the Ex-Date of the event occurs, at any time during the period when the Closing Sale Prices, the
volume-weighted average prices, the Daily Conversion Values or the Daily Settlement Amounts are to be calculated. 

  
 72 

	Section 10.05	Effect of Reclassifications, Business Combinations, Asset Sales and Corporate Events. 

In the case of: 

(a) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Company Common Stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or
combination); 
 (b) any consolidation, merger or combination involving the Company; 

(c) any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries; or 
 (d) any statutory share exchange, 
 in each case, as a result of which the Company Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof), then,
at and after the effective time of the transaction, the right to convert each $1,000 principal amount of Notes will be changed into a right to convert such principal amount of Notes into, in lieu of Company Common Stock, the kind and amount of
shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) that a holder of a number of shares of Company Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate immediately prior to such transaction would have owned
or been entitled to receive (the “Reference Property”) upon such transaction. Thereafter, references in this Indenture to Company Common Stock shall be deemed to apply mutatis mutandis to equivalent units of Reference
Property, as nearly as is practical as determined in good faith by the Company. However, at and after the effective time of the transaction (i) the Company shall continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid or
delivered, as the case may be, upon conversion of the Notes as set forth under Section 10.02 above and (ii)(x) any amount otherwise payable in cash upon conversion of the Notes as set forth under Section 10.02 above will continue to
be payable in cash, (y) the number of shares of the Company Common Stock, if any, otherwise deliverable upon conversion of the Notes as set forth under Section 10.02 above will instead be deliverable in the amount and type of Reference
Property that a holder of that number of shares of Company Common Stock would have received in such transaction and (z) the volume-weighted average price will be calculated based on the value of a unit of Reference Property that a holder of one
share of Company Common Stock would have received in such transaction. If the transaction causes the Company Common Stock to be converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part
upon any form of shareholder election), the Reference Property into which the Notes will become convertible will be deemed to be the kind and amount of consideration actually received by holders of a majority of the Company Common Stock that voted
for such an election (if electing between two types of consideration) or holders of a plurality of the Company Common Stock that voted for such an election (if electing between more than two types of consideration), as the case may be. If the
holders of Company Common Stock receive only cash in such 

  
 73 

 
transaction, then for all conversions that occur after the effective date of such transaction (i) the consideration due upon conversion of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be
solely cash in an amount equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date (as may be increased by any Additional Shares as described under Section 10.03), multiplied by the Stock Price of Company Common Stock in such
transaction and (ii) the Company shall satisfy the Conversion Obligation by paying cash to converting Holders on the third Business Day immediately following the Conversion Date. The Company shall not become a party to any such transaction
unless the terms of such transaction are consistent with the foregoing. 
  

	Section 10.06	Certain Covenants. 

 (a)
The Company shall, prior to the issuance of any Notes hereunder, and from time to time as may be necessary, reserve out of its authorized but unissued Company Common Stock or shares of Company Common Stock held in treasury, a sufficient number of
shares of Company Common Stock, free of preemptive rights, to permit the conversion of the Notes. 
 (b) The Company covenants
that all shares of Company Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable by the Company and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. 

(c) The Company shall endeavor promptly to comply with all federal and state securities laws regulating the issuance and delivery of
shares of Company Common Stock upon the conversion of Notes, if any, and shall cause to have listed or quoted and shall keep listed or quoted all such shares of Company Common Stock on each U.S. national securities exchange or automatic quotation
system or over-the-counter or other domestic market on which the Company Common Stock is then listed or quoted. 
  

	Section 10.07	Trustee Disclaimer. 

 The
Trustee shall have no duty to determine when or if an adjustment or reclassification under this Article 10 should be made, how it should be made, what any such adjustment or reclassification should be or if any adjustment or reclassification
has been performed properly. If any adjustment is made to a Conversion Rate the Trustee may accept as conclusive evidence of that fact or the correctness of any such adjustment, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, the Officers’
Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.04 hereof. Unless and until the Trustee receives such Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that the Conversion Rate has not been adjusted. The Trustee
makes no representations as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of the Notes, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for the Company’s failure to comply with any provision of this Article 10.

  
 74 

 ARTICLE 11 
 SUBORDINATION 
  

	Section 11.01	Agreement to Subordinate. 

The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that notwithstanding any payment obligations set forth herein, the
Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 11, to the prior payment of all Senior Debt of the Company and that the subordination is for the benefit of and
enforceable by the holders of such Senior Debt. The Notes shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Debt of the Company and only Indebtedness of the Company that is Senior Debt shall rank senior to the Notes in
accordance with the provisions set forth herein. 
  

	Section 11.02	Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. 

 Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of such Guarantor or in a bankruptcy, reorganization,
insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property: 
 (a) holders of Senior Debt of the
Company shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Debt before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment; and 
 (b) until the Senior Debt of the Company is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article 11 shall be made to holders of such Senior Debt
as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments of such Guarantor that are subordinated to such Senior Debt to at least the same extent as the Notes. 

 

	Section 11.03	Default on Senior Debt of Guarantor. 

 The Company may not purchase or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “pay the Notes”) if either of the following (a “Payment Default”) occurs: (1) any
Designated Senior Debt of the Company is not paid in full in cash when due; or (2) any other Default on Designated Senior Debt of the Company occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt is accelerated in accordance with its terms
unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash; provided, however, that the Company shall be entitled to
pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of any Designated Senior Debt with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is
continuing. During the continuance of any Default (other than a Payment Default) with respect to any Designated Senior Debt of the Company pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be
required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Company shall not pay the Notes for a period (a “Payment 

  
 75 

 
Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee of (with a copy to the Company) written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such Default from the
Representative of such Designated Senior Debt specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (1) by
written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice; (2) because the Default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (3) because such
Designated Senior Debt has been discharged or repaid in full in cash. Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding two sentences (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section), unless the
holders of such Designated Senior Debt or the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt, the Company shall be entitled to resume payments on the Notes after termination of such
Payment Blockage Period. The Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of Defaults with respect to Designated Senior Debt of the Company during such period;
provided, however, that if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Debt of the Company (other than the Representative under the Credit Facility), a Representative
under the Credit Facility shall be entitled to give another Blockage Notice within such period; provided further, however, that in no event may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect
exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360-day consecutive period, and there must be 181 days during any 360-day consecutive period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. For purposes of this Section, no default or event of
default which existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Debt of the Company initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the
commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived for a
period of not less than 90 consecutive days. 
  

	Section 11.04	Acceleration of Payment of Notes. 

 If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company or Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Debt of the Company (or their Representatives) of
the acceleration. 
  

	Section 11.05	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. 

 If a payment or distribution is made to Holders that because of this Article 11 should not have been made to them, the Trustee or the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for
holders of the Senior Debt of the Company and pay it over to them or their Representatives as their interests may appear. If any Designated Senior Debt of a Guarantor is outstanding, such Guarantor shall not make a payment on its Guarantee until
five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issues of Designated Senior Debt of the Company receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, shall be entitled to pay the Notes only if this Article 11 otherwise permits payment at that
time. 

  
 76 

	Section 11.06	Subrogation. 

 After all
Senior Debt of the Company is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Article
11 to holders of such Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Company and Holders, a payment by the Company on such Senior Debt. 

 

	Section 11.07	Relative Rights. 

 This
Article 11 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Debt of the Company. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 

(a) impair, as between the Company and Holders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of
and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; or 
 (b) affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of the
Company other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or 
 (c) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from
exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of the Company to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders. 
  

	Section 11.08	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Company. 

 No right of any holder of Senior Debt of the Company to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or by its failure
to comply with this Indenture. 
  

	Section 11.09	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agents. 

 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 11, the Trustee or Paying Agents may continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit
the making of any such payments to or by the Trustee unless and until, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer receives written notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this
Article 11. The Company, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt of the Company may give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Debt of the Company has a Representative, only the Representative may give the
notice. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt of the Company with the same rights it would
have if it were not Trustee. The Paying Agents may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 11 with respect to any Senior Debt of the Company that may at any time be held by it, to the
same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 11 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to
Section 7.07. 

  
 77 

	Section 11.10	Distribution or Notice to Representative. 

 Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt of the Company, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any). 

 

	Section 11.11	Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Rights to Accelerate. 

 The failure to make any payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Article 11 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 11 shall have
any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes. 
  

	Section 11.12	[Reserved.] 

  

	Section 11.13	Trustee Entitled to Rely. 

Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 11, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any
order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 11.02 are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or Agent or other Person making such payment or
distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon a certificate of the Representative of the holders of Senior Debt of the Company or, if there is no Representative, the holders of Senior Debt of the Company for the purpose of
ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all
other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 11. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of the Company to participate in any payment
or distribution pursuant to this Article 11, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled
to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 11, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as
to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 11. 

 

	Section 11.14	Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. 

 Each Holder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders
and the holders of Senior Debt of the Company as provided in this Article 11 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. 
  

	Section 11.15	Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of the Company. 

 The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt of the Company and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders
or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of such Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 11 or otherwise. 

  
 78 

	Section 11.16	Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of the Company on Subordination Provisions. 

Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an
inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of the Company, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt
and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on, and is a third party beneficiary of, such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt. 

ARTICLE 12 

GUARANTEES 
  

	Section 12.01	Guarantees. 

 Each
Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly and severally, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Notes when due, whether
at maturity or by acceleration, or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company
under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in
part, without notice or further assent from such Guarantor and that such Guarantor will remain bound under this Article 12 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 

Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also
waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any Default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Holder or the
Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any
rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of
them; (e) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Obligations; or (f) except as set forth in Section 12.06, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor. 

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not
a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 

  
 79 

 Each Guarantee is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in Article 13 hereof,
subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all Senior Debt of such Guarantor and each Guarantee is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture. 

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any
time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise. 

Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations until payment in
full of all Guaranteed Obligations and all obligations to which the Guaranteed Obligations are subordinated as provided in Article 13. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other
hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of such Guarantor’s Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration
in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due
and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section. 
 Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and
expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section. 
  

	Section 12.02	Limitation on Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the
Guarantee of such Guarantor (a) not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent
applicable to any Guarantee, and (b) not result in a distribution to shareholders not permitted under the applicable state law. Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the
Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or
fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
  

	Section 12.03	Successors and Assigns. 

This Article 12 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall enure to the benefit of the successors and
assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and
be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 

  
 80 

	Section 12.04	No Waiver. 

 Neither a
failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 12 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further
exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this
Article 12 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 
  

	Section 12.05	[Reserved.] 

  

	Section 12.06	Release of Guarantor. 

Upon (a) the sale (including any sale pursuant to any exercise of remedies by a holder of Senior Debt of the Company or of any
Guarantor) or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of such Guarantor or (b) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor or (c) upon the release of such Guarantor from its
guarantee, if any, of all pledges and security, if any, granted by such Guarantor in connection with the Credit Facility, such Guarantor shall be deemed released from all obligations under this Article 12 without any further action required on
the part of the Trustee or any Holder. At the request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing the release of a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 12.06. 

 

	Section 12.07	Contribution. 

 Each
Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations to contribution from each Guarantor, as applicable, in an amount equal to such Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such
payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  

	Section 12.08	Parity with Guarantees Delivered Under the 2007 Indenture, the 2010 Indenture and the 2012 Indenture. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any provision of this Indenture or any Notes issued hereunder on the date hereof,
the Guarantees delivered under this Indenture on the date hereof shall rank in parity in all respect to the guarantees delivered or deliverable under the 2007 Indenture, the 2010 Indenture and the 2012 Indenture. 

 

	Section 12.09	Additional Guarantors. 

(a) The Company shall cause each domestic Subsidiary that guarantees the Credit Facility to execute and execute and deliver to the Trustee
a Guarantee in the form of Exhibit C pursuant to which such Subsidiary will unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any and interest on the

  
 81 

 
Notes and all other obligations under this Indenture on a senior subordinated basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any Guarantor is released and discharged in full from all of its
obligations under guarantees of the Credit Facility, then the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released or discharged. 
 (b) Each Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Subsidiary, voidable under
applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 ARTICLE 13 
 SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES 

 

	Section 13.01	Agreement to Subordinate. 

Each Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by such Guarantor’s Guarantee is
subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 13, to the prior payment of all Senior Debt of such Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such
Senior Debt. The Guaranteed Obligations of a Guarantor shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Debt of such Guarantor and only Senior Debt of such Guarantor (including such Guarantor’s guarantee of Senior
Debt of the Company) shall rank senior to the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. 
  

	Section 13.02	Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. 

 Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of any Guarantor to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of such Guarantor or in a bankruptcy, reorganization,
insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to such Guarantor or its property: 
 (a) holders of Senior Debt of such
Guarantor shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Debt before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment pursuant to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; and 

(b) until the Senior Debt of any Guarantor is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but
for this Article 13 shall be made to holders of such Senior Debt as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments of such Guarantor that are subordinated to such Senior Debt to
at least the same extent as its Guarantee. 
  

	Section 13.03	Default on Senior Debt of Guarantor. 

 No Guarantor shall make any payment on its Guarantee or purchase or otherwise retire any Notes or other Guaranteed Obligations (collectively, “pay its Guarantee”) if either of the
following (a “Payment Default”) occurs (1) any Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor 

  
 82 

 
is not paid in full in cash when due; or (2) any other default on Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt is accelerated in accordance
with its terms; unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash; provided, however, that any Guarantor shall
be entitled to pay its Guarantee without regard to the foregoing if such Guarantor and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of any Designated Senior Debt with respect to which the Payment Default has
occurred and is continuing. During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) with respect to any Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further
notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, such Guarantor shall not pay its Guarantee for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the
receipt by the Trustee of (with a copy to such Guarantor) written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and
ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (1) by written notice to the Trustee and such Guarantor from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice;
(2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (3) because such Designated Senior Debt has been discharged or repaid in full in cash. Notwithstanding the provisions
described in the immediately preceding two sentences (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Debt giving such Payment Notice or the Representative of such
Designated Senior Debt shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt, any Guarantor shall be entitled to resume payments pursuant to its Guarantee after termination of such Payment Blockage Period. No Guarantor shall be subject
to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor during such period; provided, however, that if any
Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor (other than the Representative under the Credit Facility), the Representative under the Credit Facility shall be entitled
to give another Blockage Notice within such period; provided further, however, that in no event shall the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate
during any 360-day consecutive period, and there must be 181 days during any 360-day consecutive period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. For purposes of this Section, no default or event of default which existed or was
continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Debt such Guarantor initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Payment
Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than
90 consecutive days. 
  

	Section 13.04	Demand for Payment. 

 If a
demand for payment is made on a Guarantor pursuant to Article 12 hereof, the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor (or their Representatives) of such demand. 

  
 83 

	Section 13.05	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. 

 If a payment or distribution is made to Holders that because of this Article 13 should not have been made to them, the Trustee or the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for
holders of the relevant Senior Debt of the applicable Guarantor and pay it over to them or their Representatives as their interests may appear. If any Designated Senior Debt of a Guarantor is outstanding, such Guarantor shall not make a payment on
its Guarantee until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issues of Designated Senior Debt of such Guarantor receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, shall be entitled to pay the Notes only if this Article 13
otherwise permits payment at that time. 
  

	Section 13.06	Subrogation. 

 After all
Senior Debt of a Guarantor is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt of such Guarantor. A distribution made under
this Article 13 to holders of such Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the relevant Guarantors and Holders, a payment by such Guarantor on such Senior Debt. 

 

	Section 13.07	Relative Rights. 

 This
Article 13 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Debt of a Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 

(a) impair, as between a Guarantor and Holders, the obligation of the such Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay its
Guarantee to the extent set forth in Article 12; or 
 (b) affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of the Guarantors
other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or 
 (c) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its
available remedies upon a Default by such Guarantor under its Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders. 

 

	Section 13.08	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Guarantor. 

 No right of any holder of Senior Debt of any Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by such Guarantor or by its failure to
comply with this Indenture. 
  

	Section 13.09	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agents. 

 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 13, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on any Guarantee and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would
prohibit the making of any such payments to or by the Trustee unless and until, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer receives written notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made

  
 84 

 
under this Article 13. The Company, the relevant Guarantor, the Registrar, the applicable Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt of any Guarantor may give the notice;
provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Debt of any Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt of any Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Paying Agents may do the same with like rights. The
Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 13 with respect to any Senior Debt of any Guarantor that may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt; and nothing in Article 7 shall
deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 13 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07. 

 

	Section 13.10	Distribution or Notice to Representative. 

 Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt of any Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any). 

 

	Section 13.11	Article 13 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Demand Payment. 

The failure to make any payment pursuant to a Guarantee by reason of any provision in this Article 13 shall not be construed as preventing
the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 13 shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment on any Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee. 

 

	Section 13.12	Trustee Entitled to Rely. 

Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 13, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any
order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 13.02 are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or Agent or other Person making such payment or
distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon a certificate of the Representative of the holders of Senior Debt of any Guarantor or, if there is no Representative, the holders of Senior Debt of any Guarantor for the purpose of
ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Senior Debt and other indebtedness of such Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all
other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 13. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of any Guarantor to participate in any payment
or distribution pursuant to this Article 13, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Debt of such Guarantor held by such Person, the extent to which such
Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 13, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial
determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 13. 

  
 85 

	Section 13.13	Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. 

 Each Holder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders
and the holders of Senior Debt of any Guarantor as provided in this Article 13 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. 
  

	Section 13.14	Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of Guarantor. 

 The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt of any Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to
Holders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of such Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 13 or otherwise. 
  

	Section 13.15	Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of Guarantors on Subordination Provisions. 

Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an
inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of any Guarantor, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt
and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on, and is a third party beneficiary of, such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt. 

ARTICLE 14 

MISCELLANEOUS 
  

	Section 14.01	[Reserved.] 

  

	Section 14.02	Notices. 

 Any notice or
communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows: 
 If to the
Company: 
 Jarden Corporation 
 555 Theodore Fremd Avenue 
 Rye, New York 10580 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 Telecopier No.: (914) 967-9405 

  
 86 

 And to: 
 Jarden Corporation 
 2381 Executive Center Drive 

Boca Raton, Florida 33431 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 Telecopier No.: (561) 912-4612 

With a copy to: 

Kane Kessler, P.C. 
 1350 Avenue of the Americas 
 New York, New York 10019 

			
	Attention:	 	Robert L. Lawrence, Esq.
		 	Mitchell D. Hollander, Esq.

 Telecopier No. (212) 245-3009 

If to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 150 East 42nd Street, 40th Floor 
 New York, NY 10017 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services Administrator for Jarden
Corporation 
 Telecopier No.: (917) 260-1593 
 The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

Any notice or communication required to be mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on
the Register of the Registrar, or, with respect to Global Notes, may be transmitted to the Depositary in accordance with its rules and procedures. 
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided
above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 In addition to the foregoing, the Trustee agrees to accept
and act upon notice, instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or
instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses,
costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing
electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising 

  
 87 

 
out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the
risk or interception and misuse by third parties. 
  

	Section 14.03	[Reserved.] 

  

	Section 14.04	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the
signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 

 

	Section 14.05	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to
express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
 (d) a statement as to
whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with. 
  

	Section 14.06	When Notes Disregarded. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes
owned by the Company or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company shall be disregarded (from both the numerator and denominator) and deemed not to be outstanding.
Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 

  
 88 

	Section 14.07	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. 

 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

 

	Section 14.08	Set-Off of Withholding Taxes. 

 If the Company is required by applicable law to pay, and pays, withholding tax on behalf of a Non-U.S. Holder as a result of an adjustment to the Conversion Rate, the Company may, at its option, set
off or cause to be set off such withholding tax against any payments of cash or shares of Company Common Stock on the Notes (or, if such withholding tax has not previously been fully set off against such cash or shares, against any payments on the
shares of Company Common Stock). 
  

	Section 14.09	GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. 

 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT
THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. Each of the parties hereto agrees that any legal action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out
of or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be brought in the courts of the State of New York and hereby irrevocably consents and submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in personam, generally
and unconditionally with respect to any action, suit or proceeding for itself and in respect of its properties, assets and revenues. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL
RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
  

	Section 14.10	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 

 No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member or partner of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the
Company or any Guarantor under the Notes or this Indenture for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release
are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  

	Section 14.11	No Stockholder Rights. 

Holders shall not have any rights as stockholders of the Company (including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to receive any
dividends or other distributions on Company Common Stock). 

  
 89 

	Section 14.12	Successors. 

 All
agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
  

	Section 14.13	Multiple Originals. 

 The
parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 

 

	Section 14.14	Table of Contents; Headings. 

 The table of contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify
or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  

	Section 14.15	Severability Clause. 

 In
case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only
to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 
  

	Section 14.16	Calculations. 

 Except as
otherwise provided herein, the Company shall be responsible for making all calculations called for under the Notes. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of the Closing Sale Price or volume-weighted average price of the
Company Common Stock, Daily Settlement Amounts, Daily Conversion Values, accrued interest payable on the Notes and the Conversion Rate and Conversion Price. The Company and its agents will make all these calculations in good faith and, absent
manifest error, such calculations will be final and binding on Holders of the Notes. The Company shall provide a schedule of these calculations to each of the Trustee and the Conversion Agent, and each of the Trustee and the Conversion Agent is
entitled to rely upon the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification. The Trustee will forward these calculations to any Holder upon the written request of such Holder. 

 

	Section 14.17	No Adverse Interpretations of Other Agreements. 

 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be
used to interpret this Indenture. 
 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 90 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first written above. 
  

					
	JARDEN CORPORATION
	as Issuer
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John E. Capps

		 	Name:	 	John E. Capps
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President,
		 		 	General Counsel and Secretary
	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin Reed

		 	Name:	 	Martin Reed
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

 [signature page to the Indenture] 

 
							
	GUARANTORS
	
	ALLTRISTA PLASTICS LLC
	AMERICAN HOUSEHOLD, INC.
	AUSTRALIAN COLEMAN, INC.
	BICYCLE HOLDING, INC.
	BRK BRANDS, INC.
	CC OUTLET, INC.
	COLEMAN INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, LLC
	COLEMAN WORLDWIDE CORPORATION
	ENVIROCOOLER, LLC
	FIRST ALERT, INC.
	HEARTHMARK, LLC
	HOLMES MOTOR CORPORATION
	JARDEN ACQUISITION I, LLC
	JARDEN ZINC PRODUCTS, LLC
	JT SPORTS LLC
	K-2 CORPORATION
	KANSAS ACQUISITION CORP.
	L.A. SERVICES, INC.
	LASER ACQUISITION CORP.
	LEHIGH CONSUMER PRODUCTS LLC
	LIFOAM HOLDINGS, LLC
	LIFOAM INDUSTRIES, LLC
	LIFOAM PACKAGING SOLUTIONS, LLC
	LOEW-CORNELL, LLC
	MARKER VOLKL USA, INC.
	MARMOT MOUNTAIN, LLC
	MIKEN SPORTS, LLC
	NIPPON COLEMAN, INC.
	OUTDOOR SPORTS GEAR, INC.
	OUTDOOR TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
	PENN FISHING TACKLE MFG. CO.
	PURE FISHING, INC.
	QMC BUYER CORP.
	QUICKIE HOLDINGS, INC.
	QUICKIE MANUFACTURING CORPORATION
	QUOIN, LLC
	RAWLINGS SPORTING GOODS COMPANY,     INC.
	SEA STRIKER, LLC
	SHAKESPEARE COMPANY, LLC
	SHAKESPEARE CONDUCTIVE FIBERS, LLC
	SI II, INC.
	SITCA CORPORATION
	SUNBEAM AMERICAS HOLDINGS, LLC
	SUNBEAM PRODUCTS, INC.
	THE COLEMAN COMPANY, INC.
	THE UNITED STATES PLAYING CARD     COMPANY
	USPC HOLDING, INC.
			
		 	By	 	 /s/ John E. Capps

		 		 	Name:	 	John E. Capps
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President

  
 92 

 EXHIBIT A 
 [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 [Global Note Legend] 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), TO JARDEN CORPORATION OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL
BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS
SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [Restricted Note Legend] 

THE SECURITY EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ACQUISITION HEREOF OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER: 

(1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933;

 (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO THE DATE ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE 1 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2019 OF JARDEN CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”) (INCLUDING ANY ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE OF THE INITIAL
PURCHASERS’ OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL NOTES), OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREUNDER, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OR
ANY COMMON STOCK THAT MAY BE ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF SUCH SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, 

  
 A-1

 
(C) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND THAT CONTINUES TO BE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR
(D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, INCLUDING UNDER RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, IF AVAILABLE, SUBJECT (IN THE CASE OF CLAUSE (D)) TO THE
COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH TRANSFER, TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE; AND 

(3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 2(B) OR
CLAUSE 2(D) (EXCEPT A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933) ABOVE A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. 
 NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY DURING THE IMMEDIATELY
PRECEDING NINETY DAYS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN. 

  
 A-2

 No.              

1 
1/2% Senior Subordinated Convertible Note due 2019 

CUSIP No.: [            ] 

ISIN No.: [            ] 

JARDEN CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [Cede & Co.]1, or registered assigns, the principal sum of
[            ] Million Dollars ($            ) [or such lesser amount as is indicated in the books and records of the Trustee and
DTC]2, on June 15, 2019, and to pay interest thereon
from [            ], or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year,
commencing December 15, 2013, at the rate of 1.50% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment or converted. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date
shall, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be June 1 or December 1
(whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may
either be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be
given to Holders not more than 15 calendar days and not less than 10 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on
which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture (as defined on the reverse hereof). 
 If any payment date hereunder is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest shall accrue thereon. Interest on the Notes shall be calculated on
the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. 
 Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this
Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
 This Note shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of said State. 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature,
this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture (as defined on the reverse hereof) or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 

 

	1 	Use bracketed language only if Global Note. 

	2 	Use bracketed language only if Global Note. 

  
 A-3

 Dated: 
  

			
	JARDEN CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the
Indenture.

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-4

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

1 
1/2% Senior Subordinated Convertible Note due 2019 

JARDEN CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to,
being herein called the “Company”), issued this Note under an Indenture dated as of June 12, 2013, (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”),
among the Company, the Guarantors thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, to which reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the
Guarantors, the Company and the Holders and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authorized and delivered. Except as specifically provided in Section 1(a) hereof, all terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture
shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 The payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on
the Notes and all other amounts under the Indenture is guaranteed by the Guarantors as provided in the Indenture. 
  

	1.	Further Provisions Relating to Interest 

 In certain circumstances described in the Indenture, the Company may be required to pay Reporting Additional Interest or Rule 144 Additional Interest. Except as otherwise specifically set forth, all
references herein to “interest” include Defaulted Interest, if any, Rule 144 Additional Interest, if any, and Reporting Additional Interest, if any. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The
Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 and December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender
Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

The Company shall pay interest on: 
 (i) any Global Notes to the Depositary in immediately available funds; 
 (ii) any
Notes in certificated form having a principal amount of less than $2,000,000, by check mailed to the address of the Person in whose name such Notes are registered as it appears in the Register; and 

(iii) any Notes in certificated form having a principal amount of $2,000,000 or more, by wire transfer in immediately available funds at
the election of the Holder of such Notes duly delivered to the Trustee at least five Business Days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date. 

  
 A-5

	3.	Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent 

 Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States (the “Trustee”), shall act as Paying Agent, Registrar and
Conversion Agent. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar or Conversion Agent without notice. The Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that is not a Foreign Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent,
Registrar or co-registrar. 
  

	4.	Sinking Fund 

 The Notes
are not subject to any sinking fund. 
  

	5.	Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders 

 Upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Holder has the right to require the Company to repurchase all or part of such Holder’s Notes in a principal amount thereof that is equal to $1,000 in
principal amount or whole multiples thereof on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date at a price, payable in cash, equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes such Holder elects to require the Company to repurchase, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. On or before the 10th calendar day after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide to all Holders of record on the date of the Fundamental Change at their
addresses shown in the Register of the Registrar, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, a written notice of the occurrence of the Fundamental Change and the resulting repurchase right. Such notice shall state, among other things, the event causing the
Fundamental Change and the procedures a Holder must follow to require the Company to repurchase such Holder’s Notes. 
  

	6.	Conversion 

 Subject to
the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder hereof may convert, during certain periods and upon the occurrence of certain conditions specified in the Indenture and prior to the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date,
any Notes or portion thereof that is $1,000 or multiples thereof based on a Conversion Rate specified in the Indenture, as adjusted from time to time as provided in the Indenture, upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth in the Indenture,
including surrender of this Note, together with a conversion notice as provided in the Indenture and this Note, to the Company at the office of the Conversion Agent and, unless the shares issuable on conversion are to be issued in the same name as
this Note, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the Holder or by its duly authorized attorney. Upon conversion, the Company shall satisfy its Conversion Obligation in cash,
shares of Company Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Company Common Stock, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. The initial Conversion Rate shall be 17.1054 shares of Company Common Stock per
$1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment as provided in the Indenture. No fractional shares of Company Common Stock shall be issued upon any conversion, but an adjustment in cash shall be paid to the Holder, as provided in the
Indenture, in respect of any fraction of a share that would otherwise be issuable upon the surrender of any Note or Notes for conversion. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or any shares issued upon conversion of such Note except as provided
in the Indenture. 

  
 A-6

	7.	Denominations, Transfer, Exchange 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or
exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. 

 

	8.	Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	9.	Unclaimed Money 

 Subject
to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest and any shares of Company Common Stock or other property due in
respect of converted Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money and/or securities must look to the Company for payment as general creditors. 

 

	10.	Amendment Waiver 

 Subject
to certain exceptions, the Indenture contains provisions permitting a modification or amendment of the Indenture or the Notes with the written consent or affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes and the waiver of any Event of Default (other than with respect to nonpayment, a failure to satisfy the Conversion Obligation or a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Holder affected) or
noncompliance with any provision with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 In addition, the Indenture permits an amendment of the Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder under circumstances specified in the Indenture. The Indenture also permits an amendment of
the Indenture or the Notes only with the consent of any Holder affected thereby under circumstances specified in the Indenture. 
  

	11.	Defaults and Remedies 

Except as specified in the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal amount of the Notes and accrued and unpaid
interest on the outstanding Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs, the principal amount of the Notes and accrued and unpaid interest on the
outstanding Notes shall automatically become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 

  
 A-7

 
Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or
powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to certain exceptions, no Holder may pursue
any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such Holder has given the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default, (ii) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made a
written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy and offered reasonable security or indemnity against any costs, liability or expense of the Trustee, (iii) the Trustee fails to comply with such request within 60 calendar days after
receipt of such request and the offer of indemnity and (iv) the Trustee has not received an inconsistent direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject to certain restrictions, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which the Trustee has not received
adequate indemnity as determined by it in good faith; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under the
Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall impair, as among the Company and the Holder
of the Notes, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, at the rate and in the coin or currency herein and in the Indenture
prescribed. 
  

	12.	Trustee Dealings with the Company 

 Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal
with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

	13.	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 

 No director, officer, manager, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member or partner of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes or this Indenture for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are
part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

  
 A-8

	14.	Authentication 

 This Note
shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

 

	15.	Abbreviations 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian),
and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	16.	GOVERNING LAW 

 THIS NOTE
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE
REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  

	17.	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and
ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of repurchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or
as contained in any notice of repurchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

The Company shall furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which
has in it the text of this Note. 

  
 A-9

 CONVERSION NOTICE 

 

	TO:	JARDEN CORPORATION 

 WELLS FARGO
BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee 
 The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby exercises the option to convert
this Note, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or a multiple thereof) below designated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that the cash, shares of Company Common Stock or combination of cash and
shares of Company Common Stock, as the case may be, deliverable upon such conversion and any Notes representing any unconverted principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered holder hereof unless a different name has been
indicated below. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture. If shares or any portion of this Note not converted are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned,
the undersigned shall provide the appropriate information below and pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto. Any amount required to be paid by the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note. 

Dated: 
  

	
	  

	  

	Signature(s)
	
	Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in
the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
	
	  

	Signature Guarantee

  
 A-10

 Fill in the registration of shares of Company Common Stock, if any, if to be issued, and
Notes if to be delivered, and the person to whom cash and payment for fractional shares is to be made, if to be made, other than to and in the name of the registered holder: 

 

			
	Please print name and address
	
	  

	(Name)
	
	  

	(Street Address)
	
	  

	(City, State and Zip Code)
	
	 Principal amount to be converted
 (if less than all):

		
	$	 	  

	 Social Security or Other Taxpayer
 Identification Number:

	
	  

 NOTICE: The signature on this Conversion Notice must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Notes in
every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. 

  
 A-11

 FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE REPURCHASE NOTICE 

 

	TO:	JARDEN CORPORATION 

 WELLS FARGO
BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee 
 The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice
from Jarden Corporation (the “Company”) regarding the right of holders to elect to require the Company to repurchase the Notes and requests and instructs the Company to repay the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion
thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture at the price of 100% of such entire principal amount or portion thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest to, but
excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date to the registered holder hereof. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture. The Notes shall be repurchased by the Company as of the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture. 
 Dated: 

 

			
	Signature(s)	 	  

		 	  

 NOTICE: The above signatures of the holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the
Notes in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. 
 Notes Certificate Number (if applicable):
                     

Principal amount to be repurchased (if less than all, must be $1,000 or whole multiples thereof): 

 
 Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number:
             

  
 A-12

 ASSIGNMENT 
 For value received                      hereby sell(s) assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
                     (Please insert social security or other Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Notes, and hereby irrevocably
constitutes and appoints                      attorney to transfer said Notes on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the
premises. 
 In connection with any transfer of the Notes prior to the first anniversary of the last date of the original
issuance of the Notes, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred: 
  

	 	 ̈	To Jarden Corporation or a subsidiary thereof; or 

  

	 	 ̈	To a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or 

 

	 	 ̈	Pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or 

 

	 	 ̈	Pursuant to a Registration Statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and which continues to be effective at the time of
transfer; 

 and unless the Notes are being transferred to Jarden Corporation or a subsidiary thereof, the undersigned confirms
that such Notes are not being transferred to an “affiliate” of the Company as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof.

  
 A-13

 Dated: 
  

	
	  

	  

	Signature(s)
	
	Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in
the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
	
	  

	Signature Guarantee

 NOTICE: The signature on this Assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Notes in
every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. 

  
 A-14

 EXHIBIT B 

RESTRICTED COMPANY COMMON STOCK LEGENDS3 
 THE SECURITY EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT OF 1933”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT
BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ACQUISITION HEREOF OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER: 
 (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933; 

(2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO THE DATE ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE
1 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2019 OF JARDEN CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”) (INCLUDING ANY ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE OF THE INITIAL
PURCHASERS’ OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL NOTES), OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREUNDER, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OR ANY
COMMON STOCK THAT MAY BE ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF SUCH SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, (C) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND THAT CONTINUES TO BE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER EXEMPTION
FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, INCLUDING UNDER RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, IF AVAILABLE, SUBJECT (IN THE CASE OF CLAUSE (D)) TO THE COMPANY’ S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO
ANY SUCH TRANSFER, TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO TEE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE; AND 
 (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 2(B) OR CLAUSE 2(D) (EXCEPT A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933) ABOVE A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. 
  

	3 	This legend should be included on shares of Company Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes only if such shares of Company Common Stock are Restricted Securities.

  
 B-1

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF GUARANTEE 
 For value received, the undersigned Guarantor(s) (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture), jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in and subject
to the provisions in the Indenture, dated as of June 12, 2013 (as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), among Jarden Corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the
Guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the full and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on the Notes when due, whether at maturity,
by acceleration, or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under the
Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without
notice or further assent from such Guarantor and that such Guarantor will remain bound hereunder notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 
 The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 12 and Article 13 of the Indenture and reference
is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. This Guarantee is subject to release as and to the extent set forth in the
Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined are used herein as so defined in the Indenture. 
 THIS GUARANTEE SHALL
BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED
THEREBY. 
  

			
	[GUARANTOR(S)]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 C-1EX-10.2

 Exhibit 10.2 
 EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
  

Deal CUSIP Number: 67081YAA4 
 Term Loan B-1 CUSIP Number: 67081YAB2 
 Term Loan B-2 CUSIP Number: 67081YAC0

 TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT 
 among 
 OCI BEAUMONT LLC, 

as BORROWER, 
 OCI
USA INC., 
 as HOLDINGS, 
 VARIOUS LENDERS 
 BARCLAYS BANK PLC, 

as SYNDICATION AGENT 
 CITIBANK, N.A., 
 as DOCUMENTATION AGENT 

and 
 BANK OF
AMERICA, N.A., 
 as ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT 

 
  

Dated as of May 21, 2013 
 BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., 
 BARCLAYS BANK PLC, 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., and 
 as JOINT LEAD ARRANGERS and JOINT BOOKRUNNERS 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
	  	 	1	  
	 1.01 Defined Terms
	  	 	1	  
	 1.02 Terms Generally
	  	 	19	  
		
	 SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT
	  	 	19	  
	 2.01 The Commitments
	  	 	19	  
	 2.02 Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing
	  	 	20	  
	 2.03 Notice of Borrowing
	  	 	20	  
	 2.04 Disbursement of Funds
	  	 	20	  
	 2.05 Notes
	  	 	20	  
	 2.06 Interest Rate Conversions
	  	 	21	  
	 2.07 Pro Rata Borrowings
	  	 	22	  
	 2.08 Interest
	  	 	22	  
	 2.09 Interest Periods
	  	 	22	  
	 2.10 Increased Costs, Illegality, etc.
	  	 	23	  
	 2.11 Compensation
	  	 	25	  
	 2.12 Change of Lending Office
	  	 	25	  
	 2.13 Replacement of Lenders
	  	 	25	  
		
	 SECTION 3. [RESERVED]
	  	 	26	  
		
	 SECTION 4. FEES; REDUCTIONS OF COMMITMENT
	  	 	26	  
	 4.01 Fees
	  	 	26	  
	 4.02 Mandatory Reduction of Commitments
	  	 	26	  
		
	 SECTION 5. PREPAYMENTS; PAYMENTS; TAXES
	  	 	26	  
	 5.01 Voluntary Prepayments
	  	 	26	  
	 5.02 Mandatory Repayments
	  	 	27	  
	 5.03 Method and Place of Payment
	  	 	28	  
	 5.04 Net Payments
	  	 	28	  
		
	 SECTION 6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EVENTS ON THE CLOSING DATE
	  	 	30	  
	 6.01 Closing Date; Credit Documents; Notes
	  	 	30	  
	 6.02 Officer’s Certificate
	  	 	30	  
	 6.03 Opinions of Counsel
	  	 	30	  
	 6.04 Corporate Documents; Proceedings, etc.
	  	 	30	  
	 6.05 Termination of Existing Credit Agreement
	  	 	30	  
	 6.06 Termination of Ground Leases
	  	 	31	  
	 6.07 No Default
	  	 	31	  
	 6.08 [Reserved]
	  	 	31	  
	 6.09 Security Agreements
	  	 	31	  
	 6.10 Intercompany Subordination Agreement
	  	 	31	  
	 6.11 [Reserved]
	  	 	31	  
	 6.12 [Reserved]
	  	 	31	  
	 6.13 Financial Statements
	  	 	31	  
	 6.14 Solvency Certificate
	  	 	32	  
	 6.15 Fees, etc.
	  	 	32	  
	 6.16 Representation and Warranties
	  	 	32	  
	 6.17 Patriot Act
	  	 	32	  
	 6.18 Borrowing Notice
	  	 	32	  
	 6.19 Insurance Certificates and Letter of Undertaking
	  	 	32	  

  
 -i-

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 SECTION 7. [RESERVED]
	  	 	32	  
		
	 SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS
	  	 	32	  
	 8.01 Organizational Status
	  	 	32	  
	 8.02 Power and Authority
	  	 	32	  
	 8.03 No Violation
	  	 	33	  
	 8.04 Approvals
	  	 	33	  
	 8.05 Financial Statements; Financial Condition
	  	 	33	  
	 8.06 Litigation
	  	 	33	  
	 8.07 True and Complete Disclosure
	  	 	33	  
	 8.08 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations
	  	 	34	  
	 8.09 Tax Returns and Payments
	  	 	34	  
	 8.10 ERISA
	  	 	34	  
	 8.11 The Security Documents
	  	 	35	  
	 8.12 Properties
	  	 	35	  
	 8.13 Capitalization
	  	 	36	  
	 8.14 Subsidiaries
	  	 	36	  
	 8.15 Compliance with Statutes; Anti-Money Laundering and Economic Sanctions Laws; FCPA
	  	 	36	  
	 8.16 Investment Company Act
	  	 	37	  
	 8.17 Environmental Matters
	  	 	37	  
	 8.18 Labor Relations
	  	 	37	  
	 8.19 Intellectual Property
	  	 	37	  
	 8.20 Legal Names; Type of Organization (and Whether a Registered Organization); Jurisdiction of Organization;
etc.
	  	 	37	  
		
	 SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
	  	 	38	  
	 9.01 Information Covenants
	  	 	38	  
	 9.02 Books, Records and Inspections
	  	 	39	  
	 9.03 Maintenance of Property; Insurance
	  	 	40	  
	 9.04 Existence; Franchises
	  	 	41	  
	 9.05 Compliance with Statutes, etc.
	  	 	41	  
	 9.06 Compliance with Environmental Laws
	  	 	41	  
	 9.07 ERISA
	  	 	41	  
	 9.08 End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters
	  	 	42	  
	 9.09 Performance of Obligations
	  	 	42	  
	 9.10 Payment of Taxes
	  	 	42	  
	 9.11 Use of Proceeds
	  	 	42	  
	 9.12 Additional Security; Further Assurances; etc.
	  	 	42	  
	 9.13 Post-Closing Actions
	  	 	43	  
	 9.14 [Reserved]
	  	 	43	  
	 9.15 Credit Ratings
	  	 	43	  
		
	 SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
	  	 	43	  
	 10.01 Liens
	  	 	44	  
	 10.02 Fundamental Changes
	  	 	46	  
	 10.03 Dividends
	  	 	46	  
	 10.04 Indebtedness
	  	 	47	  
	 10.05 Advances, Investments and Loans
	  	 	48	  
	 10.06 Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	49	  
	 10.07 Modifications of Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and Certain Other Agreements, etc.
	  	 	49	  
	 10.08 Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries
	  	 	49	  
	 10.09 Business
	  	 	49	  
	 10.10 Asset Sales
	  	 	50	  
	 10.11 Financial Covenant
	  	 	51	  
	 10.12 Capital Expenditures
	  	 	51	  

  
 -ii-

					
	 	  	Page	 
		
	 SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	  	 	51	  
	 11.01 Payments
	  	 	51	  
	 11.02 Representations, etc.
	  	 	51	  
	 11.03 Covenants
	  	 	51	  
	 11.04 Default Under Other Agreements
	  	 	51	  
	 11.05 Bankruptcy, etc.
	  	 	51	  
	 11.06 ERISA
	  	 	52	  
	 11.07 Credit Documents
	  	 	52	  
	 11.08 Guaranties
	  	 	52	  
	 11.09 Judgments
	  	 	52	  
	 11.10 Change of Control
	  	 	52	  
	 11.11 Casualty or Condemnation
	  	 	52	  
	 11.12 Abandonment of Operations
	  	 	52	  
		
	 SECTION 12. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
	  	 	53	  
	 12.01 Appointment and Authorization
	  	 	53	  
	 12.02 Rights as a Lender
	  	 	54	  
	 12.03 Exculpatory Provisions
	  	 	54	  
	 12.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent
	  	 	55	  
	 12.05 Delegation of Duties
	  	 	55	  
	 12.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent
	  	 	55	  
	 12.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders
	  	 	55	  
	 12.08 No Other Duties, Etc.
	  	 	56	  
	 12.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	56	  
	 12.10 Collateral Matters and Guaranty Matters
	  	 	56	  
	 12.11 Withholding Taxes
	  	 	57	  
	 12.12 Indemnification by the Lenders
	  	 	57	  
	 12.13 Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreements and Designated Treasury Services Agreements
	  	 	57	  
		
	 SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	58	  
	 13.01 Payment of Expenses, etc.
	  	 	58	  
	 13.02 Right of Setoff
	  	 	59	  
	 13.03 Notices
	  	 	59	  
	 13.04 Benefit of Agreement; Assignments; Participations, etc.
	  	 	60	  
	 13.05 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative
	  	 	62	  
	 13.06 Payments Pro Rata
	  	 	62	  
	 13.07 Calculations; Computations
	  	 	63	  
	 13.08 GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
	  	 	64	  
	 13.09 Counterparts
	  	 	65	  
	 13.10 [Reserved]
	  	 	65	  
	 13.11 Headings Descriptive
	  	 	65	  
	 13.12 Amendment or Waiver; etc.
	  	 	65	  
	 13.13 Survival
	  	 	67	  
	 13.14 Domicile of Term Loans
	  	 	67	  
	 13.15 Register
	  	 	67	  
	 13.16 Confidentiality
	  	 	67	  
	 13.17 USA Patriot Act Notice
	  	 	68	  
	 13.18 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents
	  	 	68	  
	 13.19 [Reserved]
	  	 	68	  
	 13.20 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
	  	 	68	  
	 13.21 MLP Set-Up Transactions
	  	 	69	  
	 13.22 Separate Tranches
	  	 	69	  

  
 -iii-

					
	 	  	Page	 
		
	 SECTION 14. HOLDINGS GUARANTY
	  	 	69	  
	 14.01 The Guaranty
	  	 	69	  
	 14.02 Bankruptcy
	  	 	69	  
	 14.03 Nature of Liability
	  	 	69	  
	 14.04 Independent Obligation
	  	 	70	  
	 14.05 Authorization
	  	 	70	  
	 14.06 Reliance
	  	 	71	  
	 14.07 Subordination
	  	 	71	  
	 14.08 Waiver
	  	 	71	  
	 14.09 Maximum Liability
	  	 	71	  
	 14.10 Payments
	  	 	72	  

  
 -iv-

			
	SCHEDULE 2.01	  	Commitments
	SCHEDULE 8.18	  	Labor Matters
	SCHEDULE 9.13	  	Post-Closing Actions
	SCHEDULE 10.01(iii)	  	Existing Liens
	SCHEDULE 10.04(v)	  	Existing Indebtedness
	SCHEDULE 13.03	  	Lender Addresses
		
	EXHIBIT A-1	  	Form of Notice of Borrowing
	EXHIBIT A-2	  	Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
	EXHIBIT B-1	  	Form of Term B-1 Note
	EXHIBIT B-2	  	Form of Term B-2 Note
	EXHIBIT C-1, 2, 3 & 4	  	Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates
	EXHIBIT D	  	Form of Officers’ Certificate
	EXHIBIT E	  	Form of Security Agreement
	EXHIBIT F	  	Form of Solvency Certificate
	EXHIBIT G	  	Form of Compliance Certificate
	EXHIBIT H	  	Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
	EXHIBIT I	  	Form of Perfection Certificate

  
 -v-

 THIS TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of May 21, 2013, among OCI USA INC.
(“Holdings”), OCI BEAUMONT LLC (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party hereto from time to time, BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Syndication Agent (the “Syndication Agent”), CITIBANK, N.A., as Documentation Agent
(the “Documentation Agent”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as the Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”). All capitalized terms used herein and defined in Section 1 are used herein as therein
defined. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders under the Term B-1 Facility make Term B-1 Loans hereunder in the amount of
$125,000,000 on the Closing Date, and the Borrower will use the proceeds of such borrowings to consummate the Refinancing (as defined below) and to pay fees and expenses in connection therewith. 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders under the Term B-2 Facility make Term B-2 Loans hereunder in the amount of
$235,000,000 on the Closing Date, and the Borrower will use the proceeds of such borrowings to directly or indirectly make the Shareholder Payment (as defined below), to pay fees and expenses in connection therewith and for general corporate
purposes. 
 WHEREAS, the Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
herein. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant
and agree as follows: 
 Section 1. Definitions and Accounting Terms. 

1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 

“Additional Security Documents” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.12(a). 

“Administrative Agent” shall mean Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent for the Lenders
hereunder, and shall include any successor to the Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 12.06. 

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by,
or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such
other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided, however, that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender (nor any Affiliate thereof) shall be considered an Affiliate of the
Borrower as a result of this Agreement, the extensions of credit hereunder or its actions in connection therewith. 

“Agents” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and any other agent with respect to the Credit
Documents, including, without limitation, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Syndication Agent and the Documentation Agent. 

“Agreement” shall mean this Term Loan Credit Agreement, as modified, supplemented, amended, restated (including any
amendment and restatement hereof), extended or renewed from time to time. 
 “Applicable Margin” shall mean a
percentage per annum equal to, (i) in the case of Term B-1 Loans maintained as (a) Base Rate Term Loans, 3.00% and (b) LIBO Rate Term Loans, 4.00% and (ii) in the case of Term B-2 Loans maintained as (a) Base Rate Term
Loans, 2.50% and (b) LIBO Rate Term Loans, 3.50%. 

 “Asset Sale” shall mean any sale, transfer or other disposition by the
Borrower to any Person (including by way of redemption by such Person) of any asset (including, without limitation, any capital stock or other securities of, or Equity Interests in, another Person). 

“Assignment and Assumption Agreement” shall mean an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of
Exhibit H (appropriately completed) or such other form as shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent. 

“Bankruptcy Code” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.05. 

“Base Rate” shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate
plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate,” and (c) the LIBO Rate plus 1.00%. The “prime rate” is a rate
set by Bank of America, N.A. based upon various factors including Bank of America, N.A.’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at,
above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America, N.A. shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change. 

“Base Rate Term Loan” shall mean each Term Loan which is designated or deemed designated as a Base Rate Term Loan by the
Borrower at the time of the incurrence thereof or conversion thereto. 
 “Borrower” shall have the meaning
provided in the first paragraph of this Agreement. 
 “Borrower Materials” shall have the meaning provided in
Section 9.01. 
 “Borrowing” shall mean the borrowing of the same Type of Term Loan pursuant to a
single Tranche by the Borrower, as the case may be, from all the Lenders having Commitments with respect to such Tranche on a given date (or resulting from a conversion or conversions on such date), having in the case of LIBO Rate Term Loans, the
same Interest Period; provided that Base Rate Term Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.10(b) shall be considered part of the related Borrowing of LIBO Rate Term Loans. 

“Business Day” shall mean (i) for all purposes other than as covered by clause (ii) below, any day except
Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be in New York City a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or other government action to close and (ii) with respect to all notices and determinations in
connection with LIBO Rate Term Loans, any day which is a Business Day described in clause (i) above and which is also a day for trading by and between banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market. 

“Capital Assets” shall mean, with respect to any person, all equipment, fixed assets and Real Property or improvements
of such person, or replacements or substitutions therefor or additions thereto, that, in accordance with GAAP, have been or should be reflected as additions to property, plant or equipment on the balance sheet of such person. 

“Capital Expenditures” shall mean all expenditures made directly or indirectly by Borrower and its Subsidiaries for
Capital Assets (whether paid in cash or other consideration, financed by the incurrence of Indebtedness or accrued as a liability). For purposes of this definition, the purchase price of equipment or other fixed assets that are purchased
simultaneously with the trade-in of existing assets or with Net Cash Proceeds shall be included in Capital Expenditures only to the extent of the gross amount by which such purchase price exceeds the credit granted by the seller of such assets for
the assets being traded in at such time or the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds, as the case may be. 
 “Capitalized
Lease Obligations” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all rental obligations of such Person which, under U.S. GAAP, are or will be required to be capitalized on the books of such Person, in each case taken at the amount thereof
accounted for as indebtedness in accordance with U.S. GAAP. 

  
 -2-

 “Cash Equivalents” shall mean: 

(i) United States dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European
Union; 
 (ii) readily marketable direct obligations of any member of the European Union whose currency is the
Euro, Switzerland, or Japan, or any agency or instrumentality thereof or obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of such country, and, at the time of acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of at least AA- (or the
equivalent grade) by Moody’s or Aa3 by S&P; 
 (iii) marketable general obligations issued by any state
of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or any instrumentality thereof that are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of such state, and, at the time of acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of at least AA- (or the
equivalent grade) by Moody’s or Aa3 by S&P; 
 (iv) securities or any other evidence of Indebtedness or
readily marketable direct obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United
States is pledged in support of those securities), in such case having maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition; 
 (v) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding twelve months and
overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any Lender party to this Agreement or any commercial bank or trust company having, or which is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company having, a long-term unsecured debt rating of at
least “A” or the equivalent thereof from S&P or “A2” or the equivalent thereof from Moody’s; 
 (vi) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (iv) and (v) above entered into with any financial institution
meeting the qualifications specified in clause (v) above; 
 (vii) commercial paper having one of the two
highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and, in each case, maturing within twelve months after the date of acquisition; and 
 (viii) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (i) through (vii) of this definition. 

“Casualty Event” shall mean any involuntary loss of title, any involuntary loss of, damage to or any destruction of, or
any condemnation or other taking (including by any Governmental Authority) of, any property of Holdings or Borrower. “Casualty Event” shall include but not be limited to any taking of all or any part of any Real Property of any Person or
any part thereof, in or by condemnation or other eminent domain proceedings pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any deed in lieu thereof, or by reason of the temporary requisition of the use or occupancy of all or any part of any Real Property of
any Person or any part thereof by any Governmental Authority, civil or military, or any settlement in lieu thereof. 

“CERCLA” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as the same has
been amended and may hereafter be amended from time to time, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq. 
 “Change of
Control” shall mean, at any time and for any reason whatsoever, (a) Holdings shall fail to directly or indirectly own 100% on a fully diluted basis of the Borrower’s Equity Interests, (b) OCI N.V. shall fail to directly or
indirectly own 100% on a fully diluted basis of Holdings’ Equity Interests, or (c) a “change of control” or similar event shall occur as provided in any other debt instrument of a Credit Party, in each case, with an aggregate
principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount. 

  
 -3-

 “Closing Date” shall mean May 21, 2013. 

“Closing Fee” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.01(a). 

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 

“Collateral” shall mean all property (whether real, personal or otherwise) with respect to which any security interests
have been granted (or purported to be granted) pursuant to any Security Document (including any Additional Security Documents) or will be granted in accordance with Sections 9.12 or 9.13, including, without limitation, all collateral
as described in the Security Agreement, and all Mortgaged Properties granted or purported to be granted pursuant to any Security Document. 
 “Collateral Agent” shall mean the Administrative Agent acting as collateral agent for the Guaranteed Creditors pursuant to the Security Documents. 

“Commitment” shall mean the Term Loan Commitments of any Lender. 

“Commodity Exchange Act” shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time
to time, and any successor statute. 
 “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” shall mean, with
respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including (i) amortization of deferred financing fees, (ii) amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses
related to pensions and other post-employment benefits and (iii) amortization of intangibles (including goodwill and organizational costs) (excluding any such adjustment to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash
expenditures in any future period except to the extent such adjustment is subsequently reversed), in each case of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 “Consolidated EBITDA” shall mean, for any period, (w) Consolidated Net Income for such period;
plus 
 (x) all of the following, in each case as determined without duplication in accordance with
Section 13.07(a) and to the extent considered in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period: 
 (i) Interest Expense; 
 (ii) provision for taxes based on income or
profits or capital (or any alternative tax in lieu thereof), including, without limitation, federal, foreign, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period,
including without duplication (A) payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and any Parent Company (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the income of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries) and (B) an amount equal to the tax distributions actually made to Holdings or any Parent Company in respect of such period in accordance with Section 10.03 as though such amounts had been paid as taxes
based on income or profits or capital directly by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period and (C) any taxes or estimated taxes netted from addbacks to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clauses (ii), (iv) or (v) thereof;

 (iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period; 

(iv) any up-front fees, transaction costs, commissions, expenses, premiums or charges related to any equity offering,
permitted investment, acquisition, disposal or incurrence, repayment, amendment or modification of Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement (whether or not successful) and up-front or financing fees, transaction costs, commissions, expenses,
premiums or charges related to the Transaction and any nonrecurring merger or business acquisition transaction costs incurred during such period (in each case whether or not successful); and 

  
 -4-

 (v) all non-cash charges and non-cash losses which were included in arriving
at Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such non-cash charges or non-cash losses to the extent that they represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash charges or losses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash
charge or loss that was paid in a prior period); 
 minus all non-cash gains to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income for such
period (excluding any non-cash gains to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period); 
 provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any non-cash charge added back to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to any of the foregoing provisions for any period shall become a
cash event during any subsequent period, the amount thereof shall be deducted from Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA for such subsequent period. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis (after any
deduction for minority interests), provided that: 
 (i) in determining Consolidated Net Income, the net
income (or loss) of any other Person which is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower or is accounted for by the Borrower by the equity method of accounting shall be included (x) in the case of net income, only to the extent of the payment of
dividends, distributions or other payment that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) by such other Person to the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof during such period, or (y) in the case of net loss, only to the extent
of any losses actually funded (through Investments or otherwise) by the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof during such period; 
 (ii) any net after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (including as they relate to floods, droughts and
similar naturally occurring and unusual weather events) (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to any reconstruction, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternate uses) shall be excluded;

 (iii) the net income or loss for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principles during such period, whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application, in each case in accordance with U.S. GAAP; 
 (iv) any effects of purchase accounting (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by U.S. GAAP, resulting from
the application of purchase accounting in relation to any Investment that is consummated after the Closing Date, or the amortization or write-up, writedown or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded; 

(v) any net after-tax effect (using a reasonable estimate based on applicable tax rates) of any impairment charge or asset
write-off, write-up or write-down, in each case pursuant to U.S. GAAP, shall be excluded; and 
 (vi) any
adjustments attributable to foreign currency translations, including those relating to mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of U.S. GAAP, including ASC No. 830, shall be excluded.

  
 -5-

 “Contingent Obligation” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of
such Person as a result of such Person being a general partner of any other Person, unless the underlying obligation is expressly made non-recourse as to such general partner, and any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee
any Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any such obligation of such Person, whether or not
contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (x) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (y) to
maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of
any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided,
however, that the term Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the
stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to
perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith. 
 “Credit Documents” shall mean this Agreement
and, after the execution and delivery thereof pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Note and each Security Document. 

“Credit Event” shall mean the making of any Term Loan. 

“Credit Party” shall mean Holdings, the Borrower and any other entity that becomes a Guarantor hereunder in connection
with a MLP Set-Up Transaction, if any. 
 “Default” shall mean any event, act or condition which with notice or
lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default. 
 “Designated Interest Rate Protection
Agreement” shall mean each Interest Rate Protection Agreement entered into by the Borrower with a Guaranteed Creditor. 

“Designated Jurisdiction” shall mean any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the
subject of any Sanction. 
 “Designated Treasury Services Agreement” shall mean each Treasury Services
Agreement entered into by the Borrower with a Guaranteed Creditor. 
 “Dividend” shall mean, with respect to
any Person, that such Person has declared or paid a dividend, distribution or returned any equity capital to its stockholders, partners or members or authorized or made any other distribution, payment or delivery of property (other than common
equity of such Person) or cash to its stockholders, partners or members as such, or redeemed, retired, purchased or otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, for a consideration any shares of any class of its capital stock or any partnership or
membership interests outstanding on or after the Closing Date (or any options or warrants issued by such Person with respect to its Equity Interests), or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes; provided that the transfer by
Borrower to Holdings of employees or certain lease agreements shall not constitute a Dividend for purposes of this Agreement. 

“Documentation Agent” shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph to this Agreement. 

“Dodd-Frank and Basel III” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(d). 

“Economic Sanctions Laws” shall mean any and all laws, judgments, orders, executive orders, decrees, ordinances, rules,
regulations, statutes, case law or treaties applicable to a Credit Party or its Affiliates relating to economic sanctions and terrorism financing, including any applicable provisions of the Trading with the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. App. §§
5(b) and 16, as amended), the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, (50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-1706, as amended) and Executive Order 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), as amended. 

  
 -6-

 “Eligible Transferee” shall mean and include a commercial bank, an
insurance company, a finance company, a financial institution, any fund that invests in loans or any other “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act) (other than a natural person) but in any event excluding
Holdings and the Borrower and their respective Affiliates. 
 “Embargoed Person” shall mean any party that
(i) is publicly identified on the most current list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” published by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) or (ii) resides, is
organized or chartered, or has a place of business in a country or territory that is the subject of OFAC sanctions programs. 

“Environment” shall mean ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land surface and
sub-surface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna. 
 “Environmental Claims” shall
mean any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, directives, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations and/or proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law or any
permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law (hereafter, “Claims”), including, without limitation, (a) any and all Claims by any Governmental Authority for enforcement, investigation, cleanup, removal,
response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any Environmental Law, and (b) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief arising out of or
relating to an alleged injury or threat of injury to human health, safety or the Environment due to the presence of Hazardous Materials, including any Release or threat of Release of any Hazardous Materials. 

“Environmental Law” shall mean any applicable Federal, state, provincial, foreign or local statute, law, rule,
regulation, ordinance, code, binding guideline and rule of common law, now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent decree
or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of the Environment, occupational health or safety or Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, CERCLA; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.;
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water
Act, 42 U.S.C. § 3803 et seq.; the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C. § 2701 et seq.; the Emergency Planning and the Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. § 11001 et seq.; the Hazardous
Material Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. § 1801 et seq.; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.; and any state, provincial and local or foreign counterparts or equivalents, in each case as amended from time to
time. 
 “Equity Interests” of any Person shall mean any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase,
warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any preferred stock, any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest.

 “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and,
unless the context indicates otherwise, the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to ERISA are to ERISA, as in effect at the date of this Agreement, as amended from time to time, and any successor Section thereto.

 “ERISA Affiliate” shall mean each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) which together with the
Borrower would be deemed to be a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code and solely with respect to Section 412 of the Code, Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

 “ERISA Event” shall mean (a) any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA
or the regulations issued thereunder, but excluding any event for which the 30-day notice period is waived with respect to a Plan, (b) any failure to make a required contribution to any Plan that would result in the imposition of a Lien or
other encumbrance or the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standards set forth in Sections 412 or 430 of the Code or Sections 302 or 303 of ERISA, or the arising of such a Lien or encumbrance, with respect to a Plan, (c) the incurrence by
the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal (including under Section 4062(e) of ERISA) of the

  
 -7-

 
Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under
Section 4041 of ERISA, or the receipt by the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice of intent to terminate any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, (e) the
adoption of any amendment to a Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to the Code, ERISA or other applicable law, (f) the receipt by the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate of any notice concerning statutory liability arising
from the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA,
(g) the occurrence of any non-exempt “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to which the Borrower is a “disqualified person” (within the
meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Borrower could reasonably be expected to have liability, (h) the occurrence of any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the
termination of any Plan or the appointment of a trustee to administer any Plan, (i) the filing of any request for or receipt of a minimum funding waiver under Section 412(c) of the Code with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan,
(j) a determination that any Plan is in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code), (k) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, that a
Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, in endangered or critical status under Section 305 of ERISA or, (l) any other extraordinary event or condition with respect to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan which could reasonably be expected to
result in a Lien or any acceleration of any statutory requirement to fund all or a substantial portion of the unfunded accrued benefit liabilities of such plan. 
 “Event of Default” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11. 
 “Excluded Property” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement. 
 “Excluded Swap Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guaranty, or the grant by such Guarantor of a
security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guaranty thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official
interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the Guaranty or
the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation
that is attributable to swaps for which such Guaranty or security interest is or becomes illegal. 
 “Excluded
Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party under any Credit Document, (a) income Taxes imposed on (or
measured by) its net income and franchise (and similar) Taxes imposed on it in lieu of income Taxes, as a result of such recipient being organized or having its principal office or applicable lending office in such jurisdiction (or any political
subdivision thereof) or as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising from such Administrative Agent, Lender or other recipient having executed,
delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Credit Document, or sold or assigned an interest in
any Term Loan or Credit Document), (b) any branch profits Taxes under Section 884(a) of the Code or any similar Tax imposed by any jurisdiction described in clause (a) above, (c) in the case of a Lender (other than an assignee
pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.13), (i) any U.S. federal withholding Tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Lender at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending
office), except to the extent that such recipient (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Credit Parties with respect to
such withholding tax pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or (ii) any withholding Tax that is attributable to such recipient’s failure to comply with Section 5.04(b) or Section 5.04(c), (d) any U.S. federal
withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA and (e) U.S. federal backup withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to Code Section 3406. 
 “Existing Credit Agreement” shall mean the Facility Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2012, among the Borrower (f/k/a Pandora Methanol, LLC), certain lenders party thereto and
Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, as the Facility Agent and Security Agent (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Closing Date). 

  
 -8-

 “Existing Indebtedness” shall have the meaning provided in
Section 10.04(v). 
 “FATCA” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of
this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to
current Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code (or any amended or successor version described above). 
 “FCPA”
shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.15(f). 
 “Federal Funds Rate” shall mean, for any
period, a fluctuating interest rate equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers, as published for
such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on
such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent. 
 “Fees” shall mean all amounts payable pursuant to or referred to in Section 4.01. 
 “Flood Insurance Laws” shall mean, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood
Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood
Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto. 
 “Governmental
Authority” shall mean the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state, provincial or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central
bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government. 
 “Guaranteed Creditors” shall mean and include (x) each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the other Agents and the Lenders and (y) with respect to a Designated
Interest Rate Protection Agreement or Designated Treasury Services Agreement, the Administrative Agent, any Lender and any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or any Lender (even if the Administrative Agent or such Lender subsequently ceases to be
the Administrative Agent or a Lender under this Agreement for any reason) so long as the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Affiliate served such purposes at the time of entry into a particular Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreement or
Designated Treasury Services Agreement. 
 “Guarantor” shall mean Holdings and any Subsidiary of Holdings that
becomes a Guarantor hereunder in connection with a MLP Set-Up Transaction, if any. 
 “Guaranty” shall mean the
Holdings Guaranty and any other guarantee by any Person who becomes a Guarantor hereunder. 
 “Hazardous
Materials” shall mean (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, asbestos in any form that is or could become friable, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated
biphenyls, and radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely hazardous
substances,” “restricted hazardous waste,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants,” or “pollutants,” or words of similar import, under any Environmental Law; and (c) any
other chemical, material or substance regulated under any Environmental Law. 

  
 -9-

 “Hedging Agreement” shall mean any foreign exchange contracts, currency
swap agreements, commodity agreements or other similar arrangements, or arrangements designed to protect against fluctuations in currency values or commodity prices. 
 “Hedging Obligations” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any Interest Rate Protection Agreement or Hedging Agreement. 

“Holdings” shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of this Agreement. 

“Holdings Guaranty” shall mean the guaranty of Holdings pursuant to Section 14. 

“Indebtedness” shall mean, as to any Person, without duplication, (i) all indebtedness (including principal,
interest, fees and charges) of such Person (A) for borrowed money or (B) for the deferred purchase price of property or services, (ii) the maximum amount available to be drawn under all letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and
similar obligations issued for the account of such Person and all unpaid drawings in respect of such letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and similar obligations, (iii) all Indebtedness of the types described in clause (i), (ii), (iv),
(v), (vi) or (vii) of this definition secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person (provided that, if the Person has not assumed or otherwise become
liable in respect of such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the aggregate unpaid amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien and (y) the fair market value of the property to which
such Lien relates as determined in good faith by such Person), (iv) the aggregate amount of all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (v) all Contingent Obligations of such Person, (vi) all obligations under any Interest Rate
Protection Agreement, any Hedging Agreement, any Treasury Services Agreement or under any similar type of agreement and (vii) all Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities of such Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include
(a) trade payables and accrued expenses incurred by any Person in accordance with customary practices and in the ordinary course of business of such Person or (b) earn-outs and other contingent payments in respect of acquisitions except to
the extent that the liability on account of any such earn-outs or contingent payment becomes fixed and is required by U.S. GAAP to be reflected as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower. 

“Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.01. 

“Indemnified Taxes” shall mean all Taxes other than (i) Excluded Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment
made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Credit Document and (ii) Other Taxes. 

“Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.19. 

“Intercompany Subordination Agreement” shall mean the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, dated as of the Closing
Date, by and among the Borrower and OCI Fertilizer International B.V. 
 “Interest Determination Date” shall
mean, with respect to any LIBO Rate Term Loan, the second Business Day prior to the commencement of any Interest Period relating to such LIBO Rate Term Loan. 
 “Interest Expense” shall mean the aggregate consolidated interest expense (net of interest income) of the Borrower in respect of Indebtedness determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with U.S. GAAP, including amortization or original issue discount on any Indebtedness and amortization of all fees payable in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, including, without limitation, the interest portion of any
deferred payment obligation and the interest component of any Capitalized Lease Obligations, and, to the extent not included in such interest expense, any losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of
hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such Hedging Obligations, and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities. 
 “Interest Period” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.09. 

  
 -10-

 “Interest Rate Protection Agreement” shall mean any interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement. 
 “Investments” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.05. 
 “Joint Lead Arrangers” shall have the meaning provided on the cover of this Agreement. 
 “Latest Maturity Date” shall mean December 31, 2013. 

“Lender” shall mean each financial institution listed on Schedule 2.01, as well as any Person that becomes a
“Lender” hereunder pursuant to Section 2.13 or 13.04(b). 
 “LIBO Rate” shall mean

 (a) for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBO Rate Term Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the
British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate or the successor thereto if the British Bankers Association is no longer making a LIBOR rate available (“LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing
quotations of LIBOR as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the
first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined
by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the LIBO Rate Term Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of
America, N.A. and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America, N.A.’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two
London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and 
 (b) for any interest calculation
with respect to a Base Rate Term Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined two London Banking Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank
market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery
on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Term Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Bank of America, N.A.’s London Branch to major banks in the
London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination. 
 “LIBO Rate Term
Loan” shall mean each Term Loan designated as such by the Borrower at the time of the incurrence thereof or conversion thereto. 
 “Lien” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, security deposit arrangement, encumbrance, deemed or statutory trust, security conveyance, lien (statutory or
other), preference, priority or other security agreement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease having substantially the same effect as any of the
foregoing). 
 “Location” of any Person shall mean such Person’s “location” as determined
pursuant to Section 9-307 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York. 
 “London Banking Day”
shall mean any day on which banks are open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market. 

  
 -11-

 “Majority Lenders” of any Tranche shall mean those Lenders which would
constitute the Required Lenders under, and as defined in, this Agreement if all outstanding Obligations of the other Tranches under this Agreement were repaid in full and all Commitments with respect thereto were terminated. 

“Margin Stock” shall have the meaning provided in Regulation U. 

“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean (i) a material adverse change in or effect on the general affairs, financial
position or results of operations of the Borrower or the Plant or (ii) a material adverse effect (x) on the rights or remedies, taken as a whole, of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document or
(y) on the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document. 

“Maturity Date” shall mean (a) with respect to any Term B-1 Loans, the earlier of the consummation of a Qualified
MLP IPO and the Latest Maturity Date and (b) with respect to any Term B-2 Loans, the earliest of (x) the Latest Maturity Date, (y) the consummation of a Qualified MLP IPO and (z) the incurrence of a Permanent Term Loan.

 “Minimum Borrowing Amount” shall mean $1,000,000. 

“MLP” shall mean the master limited partnership to be formed directly or indirectly by Holdings which MLP shall directly
or indirectly own 100% of the Equity Interests of the Borrower. 
 “MLP Set-Up Transactions” shall mean
(a) investments, distributions, dispositions, transfers, payments, reorganizations, entity formations and other activities or transactions (including entering into contracts) necessary or beneficial to facilitate a Qualified MLP IPO, so long
as, after giving effect thereto, the security interest of the Lenders in the Collateral, taken as a whole, is not materially impaired (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), and (b) the Qualified MLP IPO, subject to Section 5.02(a).

 “Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 

“Mortgage” shall mean a mortgage, debenture, leasehold mortgage, deed of trust, deed of immovable hypothec, leasehold
deed of trust, deed to secure debt, leasehold deed to secure debt or similar security instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Guaranteed Creditors,
as the same may be amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Mortgaged Property”
shall mean (i) the Plant, (ii) the Option Parcel and (iii) each parcel of Real Property (other than Excluded Property) hereafter acquired or leased by any Credit Party. 

“Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA and subject to Title
IV of ERISA under which the Borrower has any obligation or liability, including on account of an ERISA Affiliate. 

“NAIC” shall mean the National Association of Insurance Commissioners. 

“Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean, with respect to any Recovery Event, an amount in cash equal to the gross cash proceeds
(net of reasonable costs, expenses and any taxes incurred in connection with such Recovery Event) received by the respective Person in connection with such Recovery Event. 
 “Net Debt Proceeds” shall mean, with respect to any incurrence of Indebtedness for borrowed money, the gross cash proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other
reasonable costs and expenses associated therewith) received by the respective Person from such incurrence. 

  
 -12-

 “Net IPO Proceeds” shall mean, with respect to the Qualified MLP IPO, the
gross cash proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable costs and expenses associated therewith) received by the respective Person from such issuance. 

“Note” shall mean each Term B-1 Note and Term B-2 Note. 

“Notice of Borrowing” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.03. 

“Notice of Conversion/Continuation” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.06. 

“Notice Office” shall mean (i) for credit notices, the office of the Administrative Agent located at 222 Broadway,
New York, NY 10038, Attention: Niyati Jhaveri, Telephone No. (646) 556-0326, Facsimile No. (212) 548-0740, E-Mail: niyati2.jhaveri@baml.com and (ii) for operational notices, the office of the Administrative Agent located at 901 Main
Street, Dallas, TX 75202, Attention: Eldred Sholars, Telephone No.: 972-338-3811, Facsimile No. 214-290-9485, E-Mail: eldred.sholars@baml.com; or such other office or person as the Administrative Agent may hereafter designate in writing as such
to the other parties hereto. 
 “Obligations” shall mean (x) all now existing or hereafter arising debts,
obligations, covenants, and duties of payment or performance of every kind, matured or unmatured, direct or contingent, owing, arising, due, or payable to any Lender, Agent or Indemnified Person by any Credit Party arising out of this Agreement or
any other Credit Document, including, without limitation, all obligations to repay principal or interest (including obligations which but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code would become due and including interest
at the rate provided for herein accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Term Loans, and to pay interest, fees, costs,
charges, expenses, professional fees, and all sums chargeable to the Borrower or any Credit Party or for which the Borrower or any Credit Party is liable as indemnitor under the Credit Documents, whether or not evidenced by any note or other
instrument and (y) liabilities and indebtedness of Holdings or the Borrower owing under any Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreement or Designated Treasury Services Agreement (other than Excluded Swap Obligations), if any, whether now in
existence or hereafter arising (including obligations which but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code would become due and including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership
or similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), and the due performance and compliance with all terms, conditions and agreements contained therein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above,
(x) obligations of any Credit Party under any Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreement or Designated Treasury Services Agreement shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Credit Documents only to the extent that, and for so long as,
the other Obligations are so secured and guaranteed and (y) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Designated Interest Rate
Protection Agreement or Designated Treasury Services Agreement. 
 “OFAC” shall have the meaning set forth in
the definition of “Embargoed Person.” 
 “Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities” of any Person shall mean
(i) any repurchase obligation or liability of such Person with respect to accounts or notes receivable sold by such Person, (ii) any liability of such Person under any Sale-Leaseback Transactions that do not create a liability on the
balance sheet of such Person, (iii) any obligation under a Synthetic Lease or (iv) any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional equivalent of or takes the place of borrowing but which does not
constitute a liability on the balance sheet of such Person. 
 “Option Parcel” shall mean all right, title and
interest of any Credit Party pursuant to that certain Option Agreement dated as of March 20, 2013 by and among QuanTexas Energy LLC, the Borrower and Texas Regional Title LLC, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time. 
 “Other Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary,
intangible, recording, filing or property Taxes or similar Taxes arising from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, registration, performance or enforcement of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or
otherwise 

  
 -13-

 
with respect to, any Credit Document except any such Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.13) that are imposed as a result
of any present or former connection between the relevant Lender and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising from such Lender having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received
payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Credit Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Term Loan or Credit Document. 

“Parent Company” shall mean any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower. 

“Participant Register” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.04(a). 

“Patriot Act” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.17. 

“Payment Office” shall mean the office of the Administrative Agent set forth in Schedule 13.03 or such other
office as the Administrative Agent may hereafter designate in writing as such to the other parties hereto. 

“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any
successor thereto. 
 “Perfection Certificate” shall mean a certificate in the form of Exhibit I or
any other form approved by the Collateral Agent. 
 “Permanent Term Loan” shall mean the incurrence of a senior
secured term loan credit facility by any Credit Party the proceeds of which shall be applied in accordance with Section 5.02(c). 
 “Permitted Collateral Liens” shall mean (a) in the case of Collateral other than Mortgaged Property, Permitted Liens and (b) in the case of Mortgaged Property, the Liens
described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (viii), (x), (xi), (xiii), (xiv), (xvi) and (xix) of Section 10.01; provided, however, that upon the date of delivery of any Mortgage pursuant to Sections
9.12 or 9.13 hereof, with respect to any Liens referred to in said clauses (i) and (ii) encumbering the applicable Mortgaged Property, the Borrower shall bond over or take any other action necessary or required by
the title company to delete any exception to title relating to overdue Taxes or mechanics’, materialmen’s or other similar liens. 
 “Permitted Encumbrance” shall mean, with respect to any Mortgaged Property, such exceptions to title as are set forth in the mortgagee title insurance policy delivered with respect
thereto, all of which exceptions must be acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion. 

“Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.01. 

“Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, company, association, limited
liability company, trust or other enterprise or any government or political subdivision or any agency, department or instrumentality thereof. 
 “Plan” shall mean any pension plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is maintained or contributed to by (or to which there is an obligation
to contribute of) Holdings or a Subsidiary of Holdings or with respect to which Holdings or a Subsidiary of Holdings, has, or may have, any liability, including, for greater certainty, liability arising from an ERISA Affiliate. 

“Plant” shall mean all Real Property and PP&E comprising the OCI Beaumont Facility located in Nederland, Texas.

 “Platform” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.01. 

“PP&E” shall mean all personal property and equipment of the Borrower owned and used in connection with its
operations. 

  
 -14-

 “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate which the Administrative Agent announces
from time to time as its prime lending rate, the Prime Rate to change when and as such prime lending rate changes. The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer by the
Administrative Agent, which may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Rate. 

“Qualified MLP IPO” shall mean an initial offer and sale of common units of the MLP in an underwritten public offering
for cash pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests of the MLP
issuable under any employee benefit plan); provided, however, that immediately after such offering, the MLP is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and qualifies for the exception contained in
Section 7704(c) of the Code for partnerships with “qualifying income” (as defined in Section 7704(d) of the Code). 
 “Quarterly Payment Date” shall mean the last Business Day of June, September, and December, 2013. 
 “Real Property” of any Person shall mean, collectively, the right, title and interest of such Person (including any leasehold, easement, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all
land, improvements and fixtures owned, leased or operated by such Person, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles
and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof. 
 “Recovery
Event” shall mean the receipt by the Borrower of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation awards payable (i) by reason of any Casualty Event (but not by reason of any loss of revenues or interruption of business or operations caused
thereby) and (ii) under any policy of insurance required to be maintained under Section 9.03 (but not by reason of any loss of revenues or interruption of business or operations caused thereby), in each case to the extent such
proceeds or awards do not constitute reimbursement or compensation for amounts previously paid by the Borrower in respect of any such event. 
 “Refinancing” shall mean the repayment of all of the outstanding indebtedness (and termination of all commitments) under the Existing Credit Agreement as provided in
Section 6.05. 
 “Register” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.15.

 “Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time
to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing reserve requirements. 
 “Regulation
T” shall mean Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof. 
 “Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof. 

“Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in
effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof. 
 “Related Parties” shall mean, with respect to any
Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, members, managers, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates. 

“Release” shall mean actively or passively disposing, discharging, injecting, spilling, pumping, leaking, leaching,
dumping, emitting, escaping, emptying, pouring, seeping, migrating or the like, into, through or upon the Environment or within, from or into any building, structure, facility or fixture. 

“Replaced Lender” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.13. 

  
 -15-

 “Replacement Lender” shall have the meaning provided in
Section 2.13. 
 “Required Lenders” shall mean Lenders, the sum of whose outstanding principal of
Term Loans as of any date of determination represent greater than 50% of the sum of all outstanding principal of Term Loans at such time. 
 “Requirement of Law” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) the charter, articles or certificate of organization or incorporation and bylaws or other organizational or governing
documents of such Person and (ii) any statute, law, treaty, rule, regulation, order, ordinance, decree, writ, injunction or determination of any arbitrator or court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon
such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject. 
 “Responsible
Officer” shall mean, with respect to any Person, its chief executive officer, president, or any vice president, managing director, treasurer, controller or other officer of such Person having substantially the same authority and
responsibility; provided that, with respect to compliance with financial covenants, “Responsible Officer” means the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of Holdings or the Borrower, or any other officer of Holdings or
the Borrower having substantially the same authority and responsibility; provided further that solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II, “Responsible Officer” shall also mean any other officer of the applicable
Credit Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent. 

“Returns” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.09. 

“S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw Hill Company, Inc., and
any successor owner of such division. 
 “Sale-Leaseback Transaction” shall mean any arrangements with any
Person providing for the leasing by Holdings or the Borrower of real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or the Borrower to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced
by such Person in connection therewith. 
 “Sanction(s)” shall mean any international economic sanction
administered or enforced by the United States Government (including without limitation, OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority. 

“SEC” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.01(g). 

“Section 9.01 Financials” shall mean the quarterly and monthly financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to
Sections 9.01(a) and (c). 
 “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 “Securities Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 “Security Agreement”
shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.09. 
 “Security Agreement Collateral” shall have the
meaning provided in Section 6.09. 
 “Security Document” shall mean and include each of the
Security Agreement, each Mortgage and, after the execution and delivery thereof, each Additional Security Document and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent
for the benefit of the Guaranteed Creditors. 

  
 -16-

 “Shareholder Payment” shall mean the payment of a dividend or distribution
and/or the making of or the repayment of shareholder loans to the direct or indirect Equity Holders of the Borrower on or promptly after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $230,000,000. 

“Similar Business” shall mean any business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or reasonably related
or similar to, or complementary to any line of business engaged in by the Borrower on the Closing Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto. 

“Solvent” and “Solvency” shall mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on
such date (a) the sum of the debt (including contingent liabilities) of such Person does not exceed the fair value of the present assets of such Person; (b) the capital of such Person is not unreasonably small in relation to the business
of such Person contemplated as of such date; and (c) such Person does not intend to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts (including current obligations and contingent liabilities) beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature in
the ordinary course of business. For the purposes hereof, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can
reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability. 
 “Subsidiary” shall mean, as to any Person,
(i) any corporation more than 50% of whose stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any class
or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person and (ii) any partnership, limited liability
company, association, joint venture or other entity in which such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person has more than a 50% Equity Interest at the time. 
 “Survey” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.13(d). 
 “Syndication Agent” shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph to this Agreement. 
 “Swap Obligation” shall mean, with respect to each Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the
meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act. 
 “Synthetic Lease” shall mean a lease
transaction under which the parties intend that (i) the lease will be treated as an “operating lease” by the lessee and (ii) the lessee will be entitled to various tax and other benefits ordinarily available to owners (as opposed
to lessees) of like property. 
 “Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts,
duties, deductions, charges, fees, assessments, liabilities or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority, including interest, penalties and additions to tax with respect thereto. 

“Term B-1 Facility” shall mean the facility in respect of the Term B-1 Loans. 

“Term B-1 Loan Commitment” shall mean, for each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in
Schedule 2.01 directly below the column entitled “Term B-1 Loan Commitment,” as the same may be terminated pursuant to Sections 4.02 and/or 11. 
 “Term B-1 Loans” shall mean the term loans made on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.01(a). 
 “Term B-1 Note” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a). 
 “Term B-2 Facility” shall mean the facility in respect of the Term B-2 Loans. 

  
 -17-

 “Term B-2 Loan Commitment” shall mean, for each Lender, the amount set
forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 2.01 directly below the column entitled “Term B-2 Loan Commitment,” as the same may be terminated pursuant to Sections 4.02 and/or 11. 

“Term B-2 Loans” shall mean the term loans made on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.01(b). 

“Term B-2 Note” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a). 

“Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, for each Lender, its Term B-1 Loan Commitment and Term B-2 Loan Commitment,
collectively. 
 “Term Loans” shall mean the Term B-1 Loans and the Term B-2 Loans, collectively. 

“Threshold Amount” shall mean $5,000,000. 
 “Total Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, at any time, the sum of the Term Loan Commitments of each of the Lenders at such time. 

“Tranche” shall mean the respective facilities and commitments utilized in making Term Loans hereunder including
(i) the Term B-1 Facility and (ii) the Term B-2 Facility. 
 “Transaction” shall mean,
collectively, (i) the consummation of the Refinancing, (ii) the Shareholder Payment, (iii) the funding of the Term Loans and (iv) the payment of all Transaction Costs. 

“Transaction Costs” shall mean the fees, premiums and expenses payable by Holdings or the Borrower in connection with
the transactions described in clauses (i) through (iii) of the definition of “Transaction.” 

“Treasury Services Agreement” shall mean any agreement to provide cash management services, including treasury,
depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements. 

“Type” shall mean the type of Term Loan determined with regard to the interest option applicable thereto, i.e.,
whether a Base Rate Term Loan or a LIBO Rate Term Loan. 
 “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from
time to time in effect in the relevant jurisdiction. 
 “Unfunded Pension Liability” of any Plan shall mean the
amount, if any, by which the value of the accumulated plan benefits under the Plan determined on a plan termination basis in accordance with actuarial assumptions at such time consistent with those prescribed by the PBGC for purposes of
Section 4044 of ERISA, exceeds the fair market value of all plan assets of such Plan. 
 “United States”
and “U.S.” shall each mean the United States of America. 
 “U.S. Dollars” and the sign
“$” shall each mean freely transferable lawful money (expressed in dollars) of the United States. 

“U.S. GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time
to time; provided that determinations made pursuant to this Agreement in accordance with U.S. GAAP are subject (to the extent provided therein) to Section 13.07(a). 

“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.04(c). 

“Water Rights” shall mean water rights of every kind and nature which shall include but not be limited to claims,
decrees, applications, permits, licenses, storage rights, ditches and ditch rights, riparian and littoral rights, and all shares of stock and memberships in any canal, irrigation or other water company and including, without limitation, those water
rights identified in the Mortgages and incorporated herein by reference, in each case, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Mortgages.

 

  
 -18-

 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” shall mean, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining
installment or other required scheduled payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (y) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such
payment. 
 1.02 Terms Generally. The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular
and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed
to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed
as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. The words “herein,” “hereof’ and “hereunder,”
and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision of this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. All references herein to Articles, Sections, paragraphs,
clauses, subclauses, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles, Sections, paragraphs, clauses and subclauses of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Unless otherwise expressly
provided herein, (a) all references to documents, instruments and other agreements (including the Credit Documents and organizational documents) shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements,
supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Credit Document and (b) references to any law,
statute, rule or regulation shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such law. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to
Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable). 
 Section 2. Amount and Terms of Credit. 

2.01 The Commitments. 
 (a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender with a Term B-1 Loan Commitment severally agrees to make a Term B-1 Loan or Term B-1 Loans to the Borrower, which Term B-1
Loans (i) shall be incurred by the Borrower pursuant to a single drawing on the Closing Date, (ii) shall be denominated in U.S. Dollars, (iii) shall except as hereinafter provided, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and
maintained as, and/or converted into, one or more Borrowings of Base Rate Term Loans or LIBO Rate Term Loans, provided that except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 2.10(b), all Term B-1 Loans comprising the same
Borrowing shall at all times be of the same Type, and (iv) shall be made by each such Lender in that aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Term B-1 Loan Commitment of such Lender on the Closing Date (before giving effect to the
termination thereof pursuant to Section 4.02(a)). Once repaid or prepaid, Term B-1 Loans may not be reborrowed. 

(b) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender with a Term B-2 Loan Commitment severally agrees to make a
Term B-2 Loan or Term B-2 Loans to the Borrower, which Term B-2 Loans (i) shall be incurred by the Borrower pursuant to a single drawing on the Closing Date, (ii) shall be denominated in U.S. Dollars, (iii) shall except as hereinafter
provided, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, one or more Borrowings of Base Rate Term Loans or LIBO Rate Term Loans, provided that except as otherwise specifically provided in
Section 2.10(b), all Term B-2 Loans comprising the same Borrowing shall at all times be of the same Type, and (iv) shall be made by each such Lender in that aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the Term B-2 Loan
Commitment of such Lender on the Closing Date (before giving effect to the termination thereof pursuant to Section 4.02(a)). Once repaid or prepaid, Term B-2 Loans may not be reborrowed. 

  
 -19-

 2.02 Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing. The aggregate principal amount of each
Borrowing of Term Loans under any Tranche shall not be less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount. More than one Borrowing may occur on the same date, but at no time shall there be outstanding more than ten (10) Borrowings of LIBO Rate Term Loans
in the aggregate for all Tranches of Term Loans. 
 2.03 Notice of Borrowing. Whenever the Borrower desires to make a
Borrowing of Term Loans under any Tranche hereunder, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at its Notice Office at least one Business Day’s prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Base Rate
Term Loan of such Tranche to be made hereunder and at least three Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each LIBO Rate Term Loan of such Tranche to be made hereunder, provided that
(in each case) any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given before 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on such day (or such later time as the Administrative Agent shall agree in its sole and absolute discretion).
Each such notice (each, a “Notice of Borrowing”), except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.11, shall be irrevocable and shall be in writing, or by telephone promptly confirmed in writing by or on behalf of the
Borrower, in the form of Exhibit A-1, appropriately completed to specify: (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans of such Tranche to be made pursuant to such Borrowing, (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a
Business Day), (iii) whether the Term Loans being made pursuant to such Borrowing are to be initially maintained as Base Rate Term Loans or LIBO Rate Term Loans and (iv) in the case of LIBO Rate Term Loans, the Interest Period to be
initially applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender under such Tranche which is required to make Term Loans of such Tranche specified in the respective Notice of Borrowing, notice of such proposed Borrowing, of
such Lender’s proportionate share thereof (determined in accordance with Section 2.07) and of the other matters required by the immediately preceding sentence to be specified in the Notice of Borrowing. 

2.04 Disbursement of Funds. No later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date specified in each Notice of Borrowing, each
Lender with a Commitment of the relevant Tranche will make available its pro rata portion (determined in accordance with Section 2.07) of each such Borrowing requested to be made on such date. All such amounts will be made available in
U.S. Dollars and in immediately available funds at the Payment Office, and the Administrative Agent will make available to the Borrower at the Payment Office the aggregate of the amounts so made available by the Lenders. Unless the Administrative
Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made on such date, the Administrative
Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date of Borrowing and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower
a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender. If such Lender
does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative
Agent. The Administrative Agent also shall be entitled to recover on demand from such Lender or the Borrower interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the
Administrative Agent to the Borrower until the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (i) if recovered from such Lender, the overnight Federal Funds Rate for the first three days
and at the interest rate otherwise applicable to such Term Loans for each day thereafter and (ii) if recovered from the Borrower, the rate of interest applicable to the relevant Borrowing, as determined pursuant to Section 2.08.
Nothing in this Section 2.04 shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to make Term Loans hereunder or to prejudice any rights which the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any failure by such Lender to
make Term Loans hereunder. 
 2.05 Notes. 
 (a) The Borrower’s obligation to pay the principal of, and interest on, the Term Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 13.15 and shall, if requested by such Lender, also be evidenced (i) in the case of an Term B-1 Loan, by a promissory note duly executed and delivered by the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1, with
blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith (each, a “Term B-1 Note” and, collectively, the “Term B-1 Notes”), and (ii) in the case of a Term B-2 Loan, by a promissory note duly executed and delivered
by the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2, with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith (each, a “Term B-2 Note” and, collectively, the “Term B-2 Notes”). 

 

  
 -20-

 (b) The Term B-1 Note issued to each requesting Lender with outstanding Term B-1 Loans shall
(i) be executed by the Borrower, (ii) be payable to such Lender or its registered assigns and be dated the Closing Date (or, if issued after the Closing Date, be dated the date of issuance thereof), (iii) be in a stated principal
amount equal to the Term B-1 Loans made by such Lender on the Closing Date (or, if issued after the Closing Date, be in a stated principal amount equal to the outstanding Term B-1 Loans of such Lender at such time) and be payable in the outstanding
principal amount of Term B-1 Loans evidenced thereby, (iv) mature on the Maturity Date for Term B-1 Loans, (v) bear interest as provided in the appropriate clause of Section 2.08 in respect of the Base Rate Term Loans and LIBO
Rate Term Loans, as the case may be, evidenced thereby, (vi) be subject to voluntary prepayment as provided in Section 5.01, and mandatory repayment as provided in Section 5.02, and (vii) be entitled to the benefits
of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. 
 (c) The Term B-2 Note issued to each requesting Lender with outstanding Term
B-2 Loans shall (i) be executed by the Borrower, (ii) be payable to such Lender or its registered assigns and be dated the Closing Date (or, if issued after the Closing Date, be dated the date of issuance thereof), (iii) be in a
stated principal amount equal to the Term B-2 Loans made by such Lender on the Closing Date (or, if issued after the Closing Date, be in a stated principal amount equal to the outstanding Term B-2 Loans of such Lender at such time) and be payable in
the outstanding principal amount of Term B-2 Loans evidenced thereby, (iv) mature on the Maturity Date for Term B-2 Loans, (v) bear interest as provided in the appropriate clause of Section 2.08 in respect of the Base Rate Term
Loans and LIBO Rate Term Loans, as the case may be, evidenced thereby, (vi) be subject to voluntary prepayment as provided in Section 5.01, and mandatory repayment as provided in Section 5.02, and (vii) be entitled
to the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. 
 (d) Each Lender will note on its internal records the amount
of each Term Loan under each Tranche made by it and each payment in respect thereof and prior to any transfer of any of its Notes will endorse on the reverse side thereof the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans of the applicable Tranche
evidenced thereby. Failure to make any such notation or any error in such notation shall not affect the Borrower’s obligations in respect of such Term Loans. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this Section 2.05 or elsewhere in this Agreement, Notes shall only be delivered to Lenders which at any time specifically
request the delivery of such Notes. No failure of any Lender to request or obtain a Note evidencing its Term Loans to the Borrower shall affect or in any manner impair the obligations of the Borrower to pay the Term Loans (and all related
Obligations) incurred by the Borrower which would otherwise be evidenced thereby in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, and shall not in any way affect the security or guaranties therefor provided pursuant to the various Credit
Documents. Any Lender which does not have a Note evidencing its outstanding Term Loans shall in no event be required to make the notations otherwise described in the preceding clause (d). At any time when any Lender requests the delivery of a Note
to evidence any of its Term Loans under any applicable Tranche, the Borrower shall promptly execute and deliver to the respective Lender the requested Note in the appropriate amount or amounts to evidence such Term Loans of such Tranche. 

2.06 Interest Rate Conversions. The Borrower shall have the option to convert, on any Business Day, all or a portion equal to at
least the Minimum Borrowing Amount of the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans of a given Tranche made pursuant to one or more Borrowings of one or more Types of Term Loans, into a Borrowing (of the same Tranche) of another Type of Term Loan,
provided that (i) except as otherwise provided in Section 2.11, (x) LIBO Rate Term Loans may be converted into Base Rate Term Loans only on the last day of an Interest Period applicable to the Term Loans being converted
and no such partial conversion of LIBO Rate Term Loans, as the case may be, shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of such LIBO Rate Term Loans, made pursuant to a single Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount applicable thereto,
(ii) unless the Required Lenders otherwise agree, Base Rate Term Loans may only be converted into LIBO Rate Term Loans if no Event of Default is in existence on the date of the conversion, and (iii) no conversion pursuant to this
Section 2.06 shall result in a greater number of Borrowings of LIBO Rate Term Loans than is permitted under Section 2.02. Such conversion shall be effected by the Borrower by giving the Administrative Agent at the Notice
Office prior to 

  
 -21-

 
12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least three Business Days’ prior notice (each, a “Notice of Conversion/Continuation”) in the form of Exhibit A-2, appropriately
completed to specify the Term Loans of a given Tranche to be so converted, the Borrowing or Borrowings pursuant to which such Term Loans were incurred and, if to be converted into LIBO Rate Term Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable
thereto. The Administrative Agent shall give each Lender prompt notice of any such proposed conversion affecting any of its Term Loans. 
 2.07 Pro Rata Borrowings. All Borrowings of each applicable Tranche of Term Loans under this Agreement shall be incurred from the Lenders under such Tranche pro rata on the basis of such
Lenders’ Term Loan Commitments under such Tranche. No Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender of its obligation to make Term Loans hereunder, and each Lender shall be obligated to make the Term Loans provided to be made
by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to make its Term Loans hereunder. 
 2.08 Interest.

 (a) The Borrower agrees to pay interest in respect of the unpaid principal amount of each Base Rate Term Loan (including with
respect to any LIBO Rate Term Loan converted into a Base Rate Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.06 or 2.09) made to the Borrower hereunder under a given Tranche from the date of Borrowing thereof (or, in the circumstances described
in the immediately preceding parenthetical, from the date of conversion of the respective LIBO Rate Term Loan into a Base Rate Term Loan) until the earlier of (i) the maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and (ii) the
conversion of such Base Rate Term Loan to a LIBO Rate Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.06 or 2.09, as applicable, at a rate per annum which shall be equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the Base Rate, as in effect from
time to time. 
 (b) The Borrower agrees, to pay interest in respect of the unpaid principal amount of each LIBO Rate Term Loan
made to the Borrower under a given Tranche from the date of Borrowing thereof until the earlier of (i) the maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and (ii) the conversion of such LIBO Rate Term Loan to a Base Rate Term Loan
pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.09 or 2.10, as applicable, at a rate per annum which shall, during each Interest Period applicable thereto, be equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the applicable LIBO Rate for such
Interest Period. 
 (c) Overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest in respect of each Term Loan and
any other overdue amount payable hereunder shall, in each case, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) for Base Rate Term Loans and associated interest, 2% per annum in excess of the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Term Loans plus
the Base Rate, (ii) for LIBO Rate Term Loans and associated interest, 2% per annum in excess of the Applicable Margin for LIBO Rate Term Loans plus the LIBO Rate and (iii) with respect to fees and all other amounts, 2% per annum
in excess of the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Term Loans plus the Base Rate, each as in effect from time to time, in each case with such interest to be payable on demand. 
 (d) Accrued (and theretofore unpaid) interest shall be calculated daily and payable (i) in respect of each Base Rate Term Loan, quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, (ii) in
respect of each LIBO Rate Term Loan, on (x) the date of any conversion thereof into a Base Rate Term Loan, pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.09 or 2.10(b), as applicable (on the amount converted) and (y) the last day of
each Interest Period applicable thereto and (iii) in respect of each Term Loan, on (x) the date of any prepayment or repayment thereof (on the amount prepaid or repaid), (y) at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and
(z) after such maturity, on demand. 
 (e) Upon each Interest Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine
the LIBO Rate for each Interest Period applicable to the respective LIBO Rate Term Loans and shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders thereof. Each such determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all
parties hereto. 
 2.09 Interest Periods. At the time the Borrower gives any Notice of Borrowing under a given Tranche or
Notice of Conversion/Continuation in respect of the making of, or conversion into, any LIBO Rate Term Loan (in the case of the initial Interest Period applicable thereto) or prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to
the expiration of an Interest Period applicable to such LIBO Rate Term Loan (in the case of any subsequent Interest Period), the Borrower shall have the right to elect the interest period (each, an “Interest Period”) applicable to
such LIBO Rate Term Loan, which Interest Period shall, at the option of the Borrower be a one, two or three month period; provided that (in each case): 

  
 -22-

 (i) all LIBO Rate Term Loans comprising a Borrowing shall at all times have
the same Interest Period; 
 (ii) the initial Interest Period for any LIBO Rate Term Loan shall commence on the
date of Borrowing of such LIBO Rate Term Loan (including, in the case of LIBO Rate Term Loans, the date of any conversion thereto from a Borrowing of Base Rate Term Loans) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such LIBO Rate
Term Loan shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period applicable thereto expires; 

(iii) if any Interest Period for a LIBO Rate Term Loan begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day
in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month; 
 (iv) if any Interest Period for a LIBO Rate Term Loan would otherwise expire on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided,
however, that if any Interest Period for a LIBO Rate Term Loan would otherwise expire on a day which is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire
on the next preceding Business Day; 
 (v) unless the Required Lenders otherwise agree, no Interest Period for a
LIBO Rate Term Loan may be selected at any time when a Default or an Event of Default is then in existence; and 

(vi) no Interest Period in respect of any Borrowing of any Tranche of Term Loans shall be selected which extends beyond
the Maturity Date therefor. 
 With respect to any LIBO Rate Term Loans, at the end of any Interest Period applicable to a Borrowing thereof,
the Borrower may elect to split the respective Borrowing of a single Type under a single Tranche into two or more Borrowings of different Types under such Tranche or combine two or more Borrowings under a single Tranche into a single Borrowing of
the same Type under such Tranche, in each case, by having the Borrower give notice thereof together with its election of one or more Interest Periods, in each case so long as each resulting Borrowing (x) has an Interest Period which complies
with the foregoing requirements of this Section 2.09, (y) has a principal amount which is not less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount applicable to Borrowings of the respective Type and Tranche, and (z) does not cause a
violation of the requirements of Section 2.02. If by 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to a Borrowing of LIBO Rate Term Loans, the Borrower has failed to
elect, or is not permitted to elect, a new Interest Period to be applicable to such LIBO Rate, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected in the case of LIBO Rate Term Loans, to convert such LIBO Rate Term Loans into Base Rate Term Loans with such
conversion to be effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period. 
 2.10 Increased Costs, Illegality,
etc. 
 (a) In the event that any Lender shall have determined (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final
and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto but, with respect to clause (i) below, may be made only by the Administrative Agent): 
 (i) on any Interest Determination Date that, by reason of any changes arising after the date of this Agreement affecting the interbank Eurodollar market, adequate and fair means do not exist for
ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBO Rate; 
 (ii) at
any time, that such Lender shall incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to any LIBO Rate Term Loan because of any change since the Closing Date in any applicable law or governmental rule,
regulation, order, guideline or request 

  
 -23-

 
(whether or not having the force of law) or in the official interpretation or administration thereof and including the introduction of any new law or governmental rule, regulation, order,
official guideline or request, such as, but not limited to: (A) any additional Tax imposed on any Lender (except Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes indemnified under Section 5.04 or any Excluded Taxes) or (B) a change in official
reserve requirements, but, in all events, excluding reserves required under Regulation D to the extent included in the computation of the LIBO Rate; or 
 (iii) at any time, that the making or continuance of any LIBO Rate Term Loan has been made (x) unlawful by any law or governmental rule, regulation or order, (y) impossible by compliance by any
Lender in good faith with any governmental request (whether or not having force of law) or (z) impracticable as a result of a contingency occurring after the Closing Date which materially and adversely affects the interbank Eurodollar market;

 then, and in any such event, such Lender (or the Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (i) above) shall promptly give notice (by
telephone promptly confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and, except in the case of clause (i) above, to the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other
Lenders). Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i) above, LIBO Rate Term Loans shall no longer be available until such time as the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist, and any Notice of
Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by the Borrower with respect to LIBO Rate Term Loans which have not yet been incurred (including by way of conversion) shall be deemed rescinded by the Borrower, (y) in the case of clause
(ii) above, the Borrower, agrees to pay to such Lender, upon such Lender’s written request therefor, such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender
in its sole discretion shall determine) as shall be required to compensate such Lender for such increased costs or reductions in amounts received or receivable hereunder (a written notice setting forth the additional amounts owed to such Lender,
showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, shall be submitted to the Borrower by such Lender and shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all the parties hereto), (z) in the case of clause
(iii) above, the Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in Section 2.10(b) as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time period required by law. 

(b) At any time that any LIBO Rate Term Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(ii), the Borrower
may, and in the case of a LIBO Rate Term Loan affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(iii), the Borrower shall, either (x) if the affected LIBO Rate Term Loan is then being made initially or pursuant to a
conversion, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed in writing) on the same date that the Borrower was notified by the affected Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) or (y) if the affected LIBO Rate Term Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days’ written notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert such
LIBO Rate Term Loan into a Base Rate Term Loan, provided that if more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated the same pursuant to this Section 2.10(b). 

(c) If any Lender determines that after the Closing Date the introduction of or any change in any applicable law or governmental rule,
regulation, order, guideline, directive or request (whether or not having the force of law) concerning capital adequacy or liquidity requirements, or any change in interpretation or administration thereof by the NAIC or any Governmental Authority,
central bank or comparable agency, will have the effect of increasing the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender based on the existence of such Lender’s Commitments
hereunder or its obligations hereunder, then the Borrower, agrees to pay to such Lender, upon its written demand therefor, such additional amounts as shall be required to compensate such Lender or such other corporation for the increased cost to
such Lender or such other corporation or the reduction in the rate of return to such Lender or such other corporation as a result of such increase of capital or liquidity requirements. In determining such additional amounts, each Lender will act
reasonably and in good faith and will use averaging and attribution methods which are reasonable, provided that such Lender’s determination of compensation owing under this Section 2.10(c) shall, absent manifest error, be
final and conclusive and binding on all the parties hereto. Each Lender, upon determining that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.10(c), will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice
shall show in reasonable detail the basis for calculation of such additional amounts. 

  
 -24-

 (d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall
Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International
Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III ((x) and (y) collectively referred to as
“Dodd-Frank and Basel III”), shall be deemed to be a change after the Closing Date in a Requirement of Law or government rule, regulation or order, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented (including for
purposes of this Section 2.10). 
 2.11 Compensation. The Borrower, agrees to compensate each Lender, upon
its written request (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such compensation and the calculation of the amount of such compensation), for all losses, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, any
loss, expense or liability incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds required by such Lender to fund its LIBO Rate Term Loans but excluding loss of anticipated profits) which such Lender may sustain:
(i) if for any reason (other than a default by such Lender or the Administrative Agent) a Borrowing of, or conversion from or into, LIBO Rate Term Loans does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of
Conversion/Continuation (whether or not withdrawn by such Borrower or deemed withdrawn pursuant to Section 2.10(a)); (ii) if any prepayment or repayment (including any prepayment or repayment made pursuant to
Section 5.01, Section 5.02 or as a result of an acceleration of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 11) or conversion of any of its LIBO Rate Term Loans occurs on a date which is not the last day of an Interest
Period with respect thereto; (iii) if any prepayment of any LIBO Rate Term Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower; or (iv) as a consequence of (x) any other default by the Borrower to
repay LIBO Rate Term Loans when required by the terms of this Agreement or any Note held by such Lender or (y) any election made pursuant to Section 2.10(b). 
 2.12 Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that on the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii), Section 2.10(c) or
Section 5.04 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Term Loans affected by such
event, provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of
such Section. Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Sections 2.10 and 5.04. 

2.13 Replacement of Lenders. (x) Upon the occurrence of an event giving rise to the operation of
Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii), Section 2.10(c) or Section 5.04 with respect to such Lender or (y) in the case of a refusal by a Lender to consent to certain proposed changes, waivers, discharges or
terminations with respect to this Agreement which have been approved by the Required Lenders or the Majority Lenders of a given Tranche, as applicable, as (and to the extent) provided in Section 13.12(b), the Borrower shall have the
right, if no Event of Default then exists (or, in the case of preceding clause (y), will exist immediately after giving effect to such replacement), to replace such Lender (the “Replaced Lender”) under the applicable Tranches with
one or more other Eligible Transferees (collectively, the “Replacement Lender”) and each of whom shall be required to be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (to the extent the Administrative Agent’s consent would
be required for an assignment to such Replacement Lender pursuant to Section 13.04); provided that (i) at the time of any replacement pursuant to this Section 2.13, the Replacement Lender shall enter into one or
more Assignment and Assumption Agreements pursuant to Section 13.04(b) (and with all fees payable pursuant to said Section 13.04(b) to be paid by the Borrower and/or the Replacement Lender (as may be agreed to at such time
among the Borrower and the Replacement Lender)) pursuant to which the Replacement Lender shall acquire all of the Commitments and outstanding Term Loans under the applicable Tranches of, the Replaced Lender and, in connection therewith, shall pay to
(x) the Replaced Lender in respect thereof an amount equal to the sum of (I) an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, all outstanding Term Loans under the applicable Tranches of the respective Replaced Lender under
each Tranche with respect to which such Replaced Lender is being replaced and (II) an amount equal to all accrued, but theretofore unpaid, Fees owing to the Replaced Lender pursuant to Section 4.01 and (ii) all obligations of the
Borrower due and owing to the Replaced Lender at such time (other than those specifically described in clause (i) above in respect of which the assignment purchase price has been, or is concurrently being, paid) shall be paid in full to such
Replaced Lender concurrently with such replacement. Upon receipt by the 

  
 -25-

 
Replaced Lender of all amounts required to be paid to it pursuant to this Section 2.13, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled (but not obligated) and authorized to execute an
Assignment and Assumption Agreement on behalf of such Replaced Lender, and any such Assignment and Assumption Agreement so executed by the Administrative Agent and the Replacement Lender shall be effective for purposes of this
Section 2.13 and Section 13.04. Upon the execution of the respective Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the payment of amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, recordation of the assignment on the
Register pursuant to Section 13.15 and, if so requested by the Replacement Lender, delivery to the Replacement Lender of the appropriate Note or Notes executed by the Borrower, the Replacement Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and
the Replaced Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement (including, without limitation, Sections 2.10, 2.11, 5.04, 12.07 and 13.01),
which shall survive as to such Replaced Lender. In connection with any replacement of Lenders pursuant to, and as contemplated by, this Section 2.13, the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes Holdings to take all necessary action, in
the name of such Borrower, as described above in this Section 2.13 in order to effect the replacement of the respective Lender or Lenders in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 2.13. 

Section 3. [Reserved]. 
 Section 4. Fees; Reductions of Commitment. 
 4.01 Fees.

 (a) The Borrower agrees to pay on the Closing Date to each Lender party to this Agreement on the Closing Date, as fee
compensation for the funding of such Lender’s Term Loan, a closing fee (the “Closing Fee”) in an amount equal to 1.00% of the stated principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loan under each Tranche, payable to such Lender
from the proceeds of its Term Loans as and when funded on the Closing Date. Such Closing Fee will be in all respects fully earned, due and payable on the Closing Date and non-refundable and non-creditable thereafter. 

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent such fees as may be agreed to in writing from time to time by Holdings or the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent. 
 4.02 Mandatory Reduction of Commitments. 

(a) The Term B-1 Loan Commitments and the Term B-2 Loan Commitments shall terminate in their entirety on the Closing Date (after giving
effect to the incurrence of Term Loans on such date). 
 (b) Each reduction to the Total Term Loan Commitment under a given
Tranche pursuant to this Section 4.02 as provided above (or pursuant to Section 5.02) shall be applied proportionately to reduce the Term Loan Commitment under such Tranche, as the case may be, of each Lender with such a
Commitment under such Tranche. 
 Section 5. Prepayments; Payments; Taxes. 

5.01 Voluntary Prepayments. 
 (a) The Borrower shall have the right to prepay the Term Loans of a given Tranche, without premium or penalty, in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on the following terms and conditions:
(i) the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at its Notice Office written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of its intent to prepay the Term Loans of a given Tranche, the amount of the Term Loans to be prepaid,
the Types of Term Loans to be repaid and, in the case of LIBO Rate Term Loans, the specific Borrowing or Borrowings pursuant to which made, which notice shall be given by the Borrower (x) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least one
Business Day prior to the date of such prepayment in the case of Term Loans maintained as Base Rate Term Loans and (y) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least three Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment in the case of
LIBO Rate Term Loans (or, in the case of clause (x) and (y), such shorter period as the Administrative Agent shall agree in its sole and absolute discretion), and be promptly 

  
 -26-

 
transmitted by the Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders; (ii) each partial prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 5.01(a) shall be in an aggregate principal
amount of at least $1,000,000 or such lesser amount as is acceptable to the Administrative Agent, provided that if any partial prepayment of LIBO Rate Term Loans made pursuant to any Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of
LIBO Rate Term Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount applicable thereto, then if such Borrowing is a Borrowing of LIBO Rate Term Loans, such Borrowing shall automatically be converted into a
Borrowing of Base Rate Term Loans and any election of an Interest Period with respect thereto given by the Borrower shall have no force or effect; and (iii) each prepayment pursuant to this Section 5.01(a) in respect of any Term
Loans of a given Tranche made pursuant to a Borrowing shall be applied pro rata among such Term Loans of such Tranche. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any such notice of prepayment pursuant to this
Section 5.01(a), if such prepayment would have resulted in a refinancing of all of the Term Loans and Commitments of a given Tranche, may state that it is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein
(including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

 (b) [Reserved]. 
 5.02 Mandatory Repayments. 
 (a) In addition to any other mandatory
repayments pursuant to this Section 5.02, concurrently upon the receipt of any cash proceeds from a Qualified MLP IPO, an amount equal to 100% of the Net IPO Proceeds therefrom shall be applied as a mandatory prepayment in accordance
with the requirements of Section 5.02(h); provided that such proceeds shall be applied first to repay the outstanding principal amount of Term B-1 Loans (and accrued interest thereon) in their entirety and thereafter to the
outstanding principal amount of Term B-2 Loans (and accrued interest thereon). 
 (b) [Reserved]. 

(c) In addition to any other mandatory repayments pursuant to this Section 5.02, concurrently upon the receipt of any cash
proceeds from any issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 10.04 (other than Section (iv)), an amount equal to 100% of the Net Debt Proceeds therefrom shall be
applied as a mandatory repayment in accordance with the requirements of Sections 5.02(h); provided that such proceeds shall be applied first to repay the outstanding principal amount of Term B-2 Loans (and accrued interest thereon) in
their entirety and thereafter to the outstanding principal amount of Term B-1 Loans (and accrued interest thereon). 
 (d)
[Reserved]. 
 (e) [Reserved]. 
 (f) In addition to any other mandatory repayments pursuant to this Section 5.02, within 10 days following each date on or after the Closing Date upon which the Borrower receives any cash
proceeds from any Recovery Event, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Recovery Event shall be applied as a mandatory repayment in accordance with the requirements of Section 5.02(h); provided that such
proceeds shall be applied first to repay the outstanding principal amount of Term B-2 Loans (and accrued interest thereon) in their entirety and thereafter to the Term B-1 Loans; provided further, however, with respect to no more than
$15,000,000 in the aggregate of such Net Cash Proceeds received by the Borrower in any fiscal year of the Borrower, such Net Cash Proceeds shall not give rise to a mandatory repayment to the extent that no Event of Default then exists; provided
further that following the repayment in full of the Term B-2 Loans, the Borrower may elect, in lieu of applying such Net Cash Proceeds to repay Term B-1 Loans, to deposit all such Net Cash Proceeds in a segregated account of the Borrower over
which the Administrative Agent has been granted control as collateral for all remaining Obligations. 
 (g) [Reserved].

  
 -27-

 (h) With respect to each repayment of Term Loans required by this Section 5.02,
the Borrower may designate the Types of Term Loans of the applicable Tranche which are to be repaid and, in the case of LIBO Rate Term Loans, the specific Borrowing or Borrowings of the applicable Tranche pursuant to which such LIBO Rate Term Loans
were made, provided that: (i) repayments of LIBO Rate Term Loans pursuant to this Section 5.02 may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto unless all such LIBO Rate Term Loans of the applicable
Tranche with Interest Periods ending on such date of required repayment and all Base Rate Term Loans of the applicable Tranche have been paid in full; and (ii) each repayment of any Term Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing shall be applied
pro rata among such Term Loans. In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its sole discretion. 

(i) In addition to any other mandatory repayments pursuant to this Section 5.02, all then outstanding Term Loans of any
Tranche of Term Loans shall be repaid in full on the Maturity Date for such Tranche of Term Loans. 
 5.03 Method and Place
of Payment. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement and under any Note, in each case under a given Tranche, shall be made to the Administrative Agent or the account of the Lender or Lenders entitled
thereto not later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the date when due and shall be made in U.S. Dollars in immediately available funds at the Payment Office of the Administrative Agent. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder or under any
Note shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest shall be payable at the applicable rate during such
extension. 
 5.04 Net Payments. 
 (a) All payments made by or on account of any Credit Party under any Credit Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any Taxes, except as required by applicable
law. If any Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted from such payments, then the Credit Parties jointly and severally agree that (i) to the extent such deduction or withholding is on account of an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax, the sum
payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions or withholding (including deduction or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5.04), the Administrative Agent or Lender
(as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable withholding agent will make such deductions or withholdings, and (iii) the applicable
withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. In addition, the Credit Parties shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority
in accordance with applicable law. The Credit Parties will furnish to the Administrative Agent within 45 days after the date the payment by any of them of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes is due pursuant to applicable law certified copies of tax
receipts evidencing such payment by the applicable Credit Party. The Credit Parties jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and reimburse the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within
10 days of written request therefor, for the amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on amounts payable under this Section 5.04) payable or paid by the Administrative Agent
or such Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to the Administrative Agent or such Lender, and any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other
Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability prepared in good faith and delivered by the Administrative Agent or a Lender (or by the
Administrative Agent on behalf of a Lender), shall be conclusive absent manifest error. 
 (b) Any Lender that is entitled to an
exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Credit Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent,
such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or a reduce rate of, withholding Tax. In addition, each Lender
shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the

  
 -28-

 
Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting
requirements. Each Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such documentation (including any specific documents required below in Section 5.04(c)) expired, obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, deliver
promptly to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) or promptly notify the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent in writing of its inability to do so. 
 (c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (x) Each
Lender that is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of a Lender that is a Lender to
the Borrower and that is an assignee or transferee of an interest under this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.13 or 13.04(b) (unless the relevant Lender was already a Lender hereunder immediately prior to such assignment or
transfer), on the date of such assignment or transfer to such Lender, (i) two accurate and complete signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or successor form) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the
United States is a party or Form W-8ECI (or successor form), or (ii) in the case of a Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio
interest,” a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1, C-2, C-3 or C-4 (any such certificate, a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and two accurate and complete signed copies of Internal
Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying to such Lender’s entitlement as of such date to a complete exemption from U.S. withholding tax with respect to payments of interest to be made under this Agreement and under any Note,
or (iii) to the extent a Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), two accurate and complete signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or successor form) of the
Lender, accompanied by Form W-8ECI, Form W-8BEN, U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-8IMY, and/or any other required information (or successor or other applicable form) from each beneficial owner that would be required under this
Section 5.04(c) if such beneficial owner were a Lender (provided that, if the Lender is a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes (and not a participating Lender), and one or more direct or indirect partners are claiming
the portfolio interest exemption), the U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such partner(s); or (iv) two accurate and complete signed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable U.S. federal income
tax laws (including the Treasury regulations) as a basis for claiming a complete exemption from, or a reduction in, United States federal withholding Tax; (y) Each Lender that is a United States person, as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of
the Code, shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the times specified in Section 5.04(b), two accurate and complete signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, or any successor form that such Person is
entitled to provide at such time, in order to qualify for an exemption from United States federal back-up withholding requirements; and (z) if any payment made to a Lender under any Credit Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding
Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Sections 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by
Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under
FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA and to determine, if necessary, the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 5.04(c)(z),
“FATCA” shall include any amendment made to FATCA after the Closing Date. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Section 5.04, a Lender shall not be required to deliver any form that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver. 
 (d) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been
indemnified by the Credit Parties or with respect to which a Credit Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to Section 5.04(a), it shall pay to the relevant Credit Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of
indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Credit Party under Section 5.04(a) with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including any
Taxes, of the 

  
 -29-

 
Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided
that the relevant Credit Party, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Credit Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to
the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.04(d), in no event
will the Administrative Agent or any Lender be required to pay any amount to any Credit Party pursuant to this Section 5.04(d) to the extent that such payment would place the Administrative Agent or such Lender in a less favorable
position (on a net after-Tax basis) than such party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. Nothing in this Section 5.04(d) shall be construed to obligate
the Administrative Agent or any Lender to disclose its Tax returns or any other information regarding its Tax affairs or computations to any Person or otherwise to arrange its Tax affairs in any manner other than as it determines in its sole
discretion. 
 Section 6. Conditions Precedent to Credit Events on the Closing Date. The obligation of each Lender
to make Term Loans on the Closing Date, is subject at the time of the making of such Term Loans to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions: 
 6.01 Closing Date; Credit Documents; Notes. On or prior to the Closing Date, Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders on the date hereof shall have signed a
counterpart of this Agreement (whether the same or different counterparts) and shall have delivered (by electronic transmission or otherwise) the same to the Administrative Agent or, in the case of the Lenders, shall have given to the Administrative
Agent telephonic (confirmed in writing), written or facsimile notice (actually received) at such office that the same has been signed and mailed to it. 
 6.02 Officer’s Certificate. On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed on behalf of the Borrower (and not in any
individual capacity) by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying on behalf of the Borrower that the conditions in Sections 6.07 and 6.16 have been satisfied on such date. 

6.03 Opinions of Counsel. On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received from Latham & Watkins LLP,
special counsel to the Credit Parties, an opinion addressed to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders and dated the Closing Date in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 

6.04 Corporate Documents; Proceedings, etc. 
 (a) On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from each Credit Party, dated the Closing Date, signed by a Responsible Officer of such Credit Party, and attested to by
the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of such Credit Party, in the form of Exhibit D with appropriate insertions, together with copies of the certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents), as
applicable, of such Credit Party and the resolutions of such Credit Party referred to in such certificate, and each of the foregoing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 

(b) On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received good standing certificates and bring-down telegrams or facsimiles,
if any, for the Credit Parties which the Administrative Agent reasonably may have requested, certified by proper governmental authorities. 
 6.05 Termination of Existing Credit Agreement. The Borrower shall have repaid in full all Indebtedness outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement, together with all accrued but unpaid
interest, fees and other amounts owning thereunder (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet due and payable) and (i) all commitments to lend or make other extensions of credit thereunder shall have been terminated and
(ii) all Liens securing the Indebtedness and other obligations thereunder created pursuant to the security documentation relating thereto shall have been terminated and released (or arrangements therefor reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent shall have been made), and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such releases as may have been reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, which releases shall be in form and substance

  
 -30-

 
reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, including, without limiting the foregoing, (a) proper termination statements (Form UCC-3 or the appropriate equivalent) for filing under the
UCC or equivalent statute or regulation of each jurisdiction where a financing statement or application for registration (Form UCC-1 or the appropriate equivalent) was filed with respect to the Borrower in connection with the security interests
created with respect to the Existing Credit Agreement and (b) terminations or reassignments of any security interest in, or Lien on, any patents, trademarks, copyrights, or similar interests of the Borrower. 

6.06 Termination of Ground Leases. On the Closing Date, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent terminations
of the existing ground leases affecting the Plant, in each case in form sufficient for the title company to remove any title exception with respect to such ground leases from the mortgagee title policy required to be delivered pursuant to
Section 9.13 hereof. 
 6.07 No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall be caused upon the
effectiveness of, and funding of, the Term Loans under this Agreement. 
 6.08 [Reserved]. 

6.09 Security Agreements. On the Closing Date, (x) Holdings and the Borrower shall have duly authorized, executed and
delivered the Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E (as amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Security Agreement”) covering all of Holdings’ and the Borrower’s
present and future Collateral referred to therein (including, as applicable, by reference to the Perfection Certificate) (the “Security Agreement Collateral”) and (y) Borrower and Holdings shall have duly authorized, executed
and delivered the Perfection Certificate and shall have delivered the following: 
 (i) proper financing
statements (Form UCC-1 or the equivalent) authorized for filing under the UCC or other appropriate filing offices of each jurisdiction and, in the case of the Borrower, filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States
Copyright Office, in each case, as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to perfect the security interests purported to be created by the Security Agreement and as set forth on Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate; 

(ii) all stock certificates or Instruments (as defined in the Security Agreement), if any, representing or evidencing the
Security Agreement Collateral (to the extent required by the Security Agreement) accompanied by instruments of transfer and stock powers undated and endorsed in blank; and 

(iii) certified copies, each of a recent date, of (x) requests for information or copies (Form UCC-1), or equivalent
reports as of a recent date, listing all effective financing statements that name Holdings or the Borrower as debtor and that are filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (i) above, together with copies of such other financing
statements that name Holdings or the Borrower as debtor (none of which shall cover any of the Collateral except to the extent evidencing Permitted Liens or to the extent such financing statements will be terminated as contemplated by
Section 6.05), (y) United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office searches reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and (z) reports as of a recent date listing all effective tax and judgment liens
with respect to Holdings or the Borrower in each jurisdiction as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require. 
 6.10
Intercompany Subordination Agreement. On the Closing Date, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent the Intercompany Subordination Agreement. 
 6.11 [Reserved]. 
 6.12 [Reserved]. 

6.13 Financial Statements. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Agents and the Lenders shall have received audited financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 2012. 

  
 -31-

 6.14 Solvency Certificate. On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have
received a solvency certificate from the chief financial officer of Holdings as to the solvency of Holdings and the Borrower, taken as a whole, substantially in the form of Exhibit F. 

6.15 Fees, etc. On the Closing Date, the Borrower shall have paid to the Agents and each Lender all costs, fees and expenses
(including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses) and other compensation payable to the Agents or such Lender or otherwise payable in respect of the Transaction to the extent then due. 

6.16 Representation and Warranties. All representations, warranties and agreements set forth in Section 8 hereof and
elsewhere in the Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date (in each case, any representation or warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar
language shall be true and correct in all respects on the Closing Date). 
 6.17 Patriot Act. The Agents shall have
received from the Credit Parties all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, in each case to
the extent requested in writing at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date. 
 6.18 Borrowing Notice. Prior
to the making of a Term Loan on the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing meeting the requirements of Section 2.03. 
 6.19 Insurance Certificates and Letter of Undertaking. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received certificates of insurance, naming the Collateral Agent, on
behalf of the Guaranteed Creditors, as an additional insured or loss payee, as the case may be, under all liability and property insurance policies required to be maintained pursuant to Section 9.03 and reasonably requested by the
Administrative Agent (as well as evidence of business interruption, windstorm, liability, property, casualty and flood insurance policies). 
 Section 7. [Reserved]. 
 Section 8. Representations,
Warranties and Agreements. In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Term Loans, each of Holdings and the Borrower, as applicable, makes the following representations, warranties and agreements as of the Closing
Date, in each case after giving effect to the Transaction. 
 8.01 Organizational Status. Each of Holdings and the
Borrower (i) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has the corporate or limited liability
company power and authority, as the case may be, to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged and presently proposes to engage and (iii) is, to the extent such concepts are applicable under the laws of the
relevant jurisdiction, duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the ownership, leasing or operation of its property or the conduct of its business requires such qualifications except for
failures to be so qualified which, individually and in the aggregate, have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. 
 8.02 Power and Authority. Each Credit Party thereof has the corporate or limited liability company power and authority, as the case may be, to execute, deliver and perform the terms and provisions
of each of the Credit Documents to which it is party and has taken all necessary corporate or limited liability company action, as the case may be, to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of each of such Credit Documents. Each
Credit Party thereof has duly executed and delivered each of the Credit Documents to which it is party, and each of such Credit Documents constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the
extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is
sought in equity or at law). 

  
 -32-

 8.03 No Violation. Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party
of the Credit Documents to which it is a party, nor compliance by it with the terms and provisions thereof, (i) will contravene any provision of any law, statute, rule or regulation or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or
governmental instrumentality, (ii) will conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or
impose) any Lien (except pursuant to the Security Documents) upon any of the property or assets of any Credit Party pursuant to the terms of, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, credit agreement or loan agreement, or any other material
agreement, contract or instrument, in each case to which any Credit Party is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound or to which it may be subject (except, in the case of preceding clauses (i) and (ii), other than in
the case of any contravention, breach, default and/or conflict, that would not reasonably be expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect) or (iii) will violate any provision of the certificate or
articles of incorporation, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement or by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents), as applicable, of any Credit Party. 

8.04 Approvals. No order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with
(except for (x) those that have otherwise been obtained or made on or prior to the Closing Date and which remain in full force and effect on the Closing Date and (y) filings which are necessary to perfect the security interests created
under the Security Documents), or exemption by, any governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, is required to be obtained or made by, or on behalf of, any Credit Party to authorize, or is required to be obtained or made
by, or on behalf of, any Credit Party in connection with, the execution, delivery and performance of any Credit Document. 

8.05 Financial Statements; Financial Condition. 
 (a) The consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income
and cash flows of the Borrower for each such fiscal year present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Borrower at the dates of such balance sheets and the consolidated results of the operations of the Borrower
for the periods covered thereby. All of the foregoing historical financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP and prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP consistently applied. 

(b) On and as of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the consummation of the Transaction, Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken
together on a consolidated basis, are Solvent. 
 (c) [Reserved]. 

(d) Since December 31, 2012 there has been no Material Adverse Effect, and there has been no change, event or occurrence that would
reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. 
 8.06 Litigation.
There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened (i) with respect to the Refinancing or the Shareholder Payment or any Credit Document or (ii) that either individually or in the
aggregate, have had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. 
 8.07 True and Complete
Disclosure. 
 (a) All written information (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of any Credit Party in writing to the
Administrative Agent or any Lender (including, without limitation, all such written information contained in the Credit Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, the other Credit Documents or any transaction contemplated
herein or therein does not, and all other such written information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by or on behalf of any Credit Party in writing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender will not, on the date as of which such written
information is dated or certified, contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading in any material respect at such time in light of the circumstances
under which such written information was provided. 

  
 -33-

 (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing clause (a) of this
Section 8.07, none of the Credit Parties makes any representation, warranty or covenant with respect to any information consisting of statements, estimates, forecasts and projections regarding the future performance of Holdings or the
Borrower, or regarding the future condition of the industries in which they operate other than that such information has been (and in the case of such information furnished after the Closing Date, will be) prepared in good faith based upon
assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation thereof. 
 8.08 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.

 (a) All proceeds of the Term B-1 Loans incurred on the Closing Date will be used by the Borrower to consummate the Refinancing
and to pay fees and expenses in connection therewith. All proceeds of the Term B-2 Loans incurred on the Closing Date will be used by the Borrower to directly or indirectly make the Shareholder Payment, to pay fees and expenses in connection
therewith and for working capital and general corporate purposes. 
 (b) [Reserved]. 

(c) No part of any Credit Event (or the proceeds thereof) will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit for the
purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. Neither the making of the Term Loans nor the use of the proceeds thereof nor the occurrence of any other Credit Event will violate the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System. 
 8.09 Tax Returns and Payments. Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually
or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Borrower and Holdings have timely filed or caused to be timely filed with the appropriate taxing authority all Tax returns, statements, forms and reports for taxes (the
“Returns”) required to be filed by, or with respect to the income, properties or operations of, the Borrower and/or Holdings, (ii) the Returns accurately reflect in all material respects all liability for Taxes of the Borrower
and Holdings for the periods covered thereby, and (iii) the Borrower and Holdings have paid all Taxes payable by it (including in its capacity as withholding agent), other than those that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and fully provided for as a reserve on the financial statements of the Borrower and Holdings in accordance with U.S. GAAP. There is no material action, suit, proceeding, investigation, audit or claim now pending or, to the best knowledge
of the Borrower or Holdings, threatened in writing by any authority regarding any Taxes relating to the Borrower or Holdings. As of the Closing Date, neither the Borrower nor Holdings have entered into an agreement or waiver that is still in effect
or been requested in writing to enter into an agreement or waiver extending any statute of limitations relating to the payment or collection of Taxes of the Borrower or Holdings, or is aware of any circumstances that would cause the taxable years or
other taxable periods of the Borrower or Holdings not to be subject to the normally applicable statute of limitations with respect to a material amount of Tax. 
 8.10 ERISA. 
 (a) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to
occur that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan is in compliance in form and operation with its terms and with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other applicable law, except for such
non-compliance that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan (and each related trust, if any) which is intended to be qualified
under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service or is in the form of a prototype document that is the subject of a favorable opinion letter. 

(b) There exists no Unfunded Pension Liability with respect to any Plan, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. 
 (c) If the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate were to withdraw from all Multiemployer Plans in a complete
withdrawal as of the date this assurance is given, the aggregate withdrawal liability that would be incurred would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  
 -34-

 (d) There are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving a Plan (other than
routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to be asserted successfully against any Plan and, if so asserted successfully, would reasonably be expected, either individually or in
the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (e) The Borrower and any ERISA Affiliate have made all contributions to or
under each Plan and Multiemployer Plan required by law within the applicable time limits prescribed thereby, the terms of such Plan or Multiemployer Plan, respectively, or any contract or agreement requiring contributions to a Plan or Multiemployer
Plan except where any failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 8.11 The Security Documents. 
 (a) The provisions of the Security Agreement
is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Guaranteed Creditors a legal, valid and enforceable security interest (except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law)) in all right, title and interest of the Borrower
and Holdings in the Security Agreement Collateral, and upon (i) the timely and proper filing of financing statements listing each applicable Credit Party, as a debtor, and the Collateral Agent, as secured party, in the secretary of state’s
office (or other similar governmental entity) of the jurisdiction of organization of such Credit Party, (ii) sufficient identification of Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Security Agreement) constituting Collateral (as described in the
Security Agreement), (iii) the recordation of the Grant of Security Interest in U.S. Patents, if applicable, and the Grant of Security Interest in U.S. Trademarks, if applicable, in the respective form attached to the Security Agreement, in
each case in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, (iv) the Grant of Security Interest in U.S. Copyrights, if applicable, in the form attached to the Security Agreement with the United States Copyright Office and (v) upon the
taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of the Security Agreement Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent
to the extent possession or control by the Collateral Agent is required by the Security Agreement), the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Guaranteed Creditors, has (to the extent provided in and required by the Security Agreement) a fully
perfected security interest in all right, title and interest in all of the Security Agreement Collateral, subject to no other Liens other than Permitted Liens, in each case, to the extent perfection can be accomplished under applicable law by the
taking of the foregoing actions. 
 (b) [Reserved]. 
 (c) Upon delivery in accordance with Section 9.12 or 9.13 as applicable, each Mortgage will create, as security for the obligations purported to be secured thereby, a valid and
enforceable (except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and by equitable principles
(regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law)) and, upon recordation in the appropriate recording office, perfected security interest in and mortgage lien on the respective Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent (or
such other trustee as may be required or desired under local law) for the benefit of the Guaranteed Creditors, subject to no other Liens (other than Permitted Collateral Liens related thereto). 

8.12 Properties. All Real Property owned, leased or otherwise held by any Credit Party as of the Closing Date, and the nature of
the interest therein, is correctly set forth in Schedule 7 to the Perfection Certificate. The rights set forth in Schedule 7(c) to the Perfection Certificate as being held by the Credit Parties constitute all of the Water Rights necessary or
incident to the use and operation of the Plant in the ordinary course of the business of the Credit Parties and the same are valid and existing Water Rights and there exist no unresolved objections or challenges pending against any of said Water
Rights. The Borrower has good and marketable fee simple title or valid leasehold interests or easements or other limited property interests in the case of Real Property, and good and valid title in the case of personal property, to all material
properties owned by it, including all material property reflected in the most recent historical balance sheets referred to in Section 8.05(a) (except as sold or otherwise disposed of since the date of such balance sheet in the ordinary
course of business or as permitted by the terms of this Agreement), free and clear of all Liens, other than (i) in the case of Real Property, Permitted Collateral Liens and (ii) in the case of personal property, Permitted Liens.

  
 -35-

 8.13 Capitalization. All outstanding membership interests of the Borrower have been
duly and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable (other than any assessment on the members of the Borrower that may be imposed as a matter of law) and are owned by Holdings. The Borrower does not have outstanding any membership
interests or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for its membership interests or any rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, or any agreement providing for the issuance (contingent or otherwise) of,
or any calls, commitments or claims of any character relating to, its membership interests. 
 8.14 Subsidiaries. On and
as of the Closing Date and after giving effect to the consummation of the Transaction, (i) Holdings has no direct Subsidiaries other than the Borrower and other entities formed in connection with the MLP Set-Up Transactions and (ii) the
Borrower has no Subsidiaries. 
 8.15 Compliance with Statutes; Anti-Money Laundering and Economic Sanctions Laws; FCPA.

 (a) Each of Holdings and the Borrower is in compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all
applicable restrictions imposed by, all governmental bodies, domestic or foreign, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its property (including, without limitation, applicable statutes, regulations, orders and restrictions
relating to environmental standards and controls), except such noncompliances as, individually and in the aggregate, have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. 

(b) No Credit Party and, to the knowledge of the executive management of each Credit Party, none of its Affiliates and none of the
respective officers, directors, brokers or agents of such Credit Party or Affiliate (i) has violated or is in violation of any applicable Anti-Money Laundering Law or (ii) has engaged or engages in any transaction, investment, undertaking
or activity that conceals the identity, source or destination of the proceeds from any category of offenses designated in any applicable law, regulation or other binding measure implementing the “Forty Recommendations” and “Nine
Special Recommendations” published by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering. 
 (c) No Credit Party and, to the knowledge of senior management of each Credit Party, none of its Affiliates and none of the respective officers, directors, brokers or agents of such Credit Party or such
Affiliate that is acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Term Loan is an Embargoed Person. 
 (d) Except as
otherwise authorized by OFAC, no Credit Party and, to the knowledge of the executive management of each Credit Party, none of its Affiliates and none of the respective officers, directors, brokers or agents of such Credit Party or such Affiliate
acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Term Loan (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Embargoed Person, (ii) deals in, or
otherwise engages in any transaction related to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to any applicable Economic Sanctions Laws or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the
purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the applicable prohibitions set forth in any Economic Sanctions Laws. 
 (e) The Borrower and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, no director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative thereof, is an individual or entity currently the subject of any Sanctions, nor
is the Borrower located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction. 
 (f) Each Credit Party is in compliance in all
material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C.§§ 78dd-1, et seq. (“FCPA”), and any foreign counterpart thereto applicable to such Credit Party. To the knowledge of senior management of each
Credit Party, no Credit Party has made a payment, offering, or promise to pay, or authorized the payment of, money or anything of value (a) in order to assist in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any foreign
official, foreign political party, party official or candidate for foreign political office, (b) to a foreign official, foreign political party or party official or any candidate for foreign political office, and (c) with the intent to
induce the recipient to misuse his or her official position to direct business wrongfully to such Credit Party or to any other Person, in violation of FCPA. 

  
 -36-

 8.16 Investment Company Act. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower is an “investment
company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, required to be registered as such. 
 8.17
Environmental Matters. Except for any matters that would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: 

(a) the Borrower is in compliance with all Environmental Laws and the requirements of any permits issued under such
Environmental Laws; 
 (b) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened
Environmental Claims against the Borrower nor any Real Property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower (including any such claim arising out of the ownership, lease or operation by the Borrower of any Real Property formerly owned, leased or
operated by the Borrower); 
 (c) there are no facts, circumstances, conditions or occurrences with respect to
the business or operations of the Borrower, or any Real Property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower (including any Real Property formerly owned, leased or operated by the Borrower) that would be reasonably expected (i) to form the basis
of an Environmental Claim against the Borrower or (ii) to cause any Real Property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, lease, occupancy or transferability of such Real Property by the
Borrower under any Environmental Law; 
 (d) Hazardous Materials have not at any time been generated, used,
treated or stored on, or transported to or from, or Released on or from, any Real Property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower where such generation, use, treatment, storage, transportation or Release has (i) violated or would be
reasonably expected to violate any Environmental Law, (ii) give rise to an Environmental Claim or (iii) give rise to liability under any Environmental Law. 
 8.18 Labor Relations. Except as set forth in Schedule 8.18 and except to the extent the same has not, either individually or in the aggregate, had and would not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other labor disputes pending against the Borrower or, to the knowledge of each Credit Party, threatened against the Borrower, (b) to the knowledge of each
Credit Party, there are no questions concerning union representation with respect to the Borrower, (c) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other
applicable Federal, state, local, or foreign law dealing with such matters and (d) to the knowledge of each Credit Party, no wage and hour department investigation has been made of the Borrower. 

8.19 Intellectual Property. The Borrower owns or has the right to use all the patents, trademarks, domain names, service marks,
trade names, copyrights, inventions, trade secrets, formulas, proprietary information and know-how of any type, whether or not written (including, but not limited to, rights in computer programs and databases) (collectively, “Intellectual
Property”), necessary for the present conduct of its respective business, without any known conflict with the Intellectual Property rights of others, except for such failures to own or have the right to use and/or conflicts as have not had,
and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. 
 8.20 Legal Names; Type of Organization (and
Whether a Registered Organization); Jurisdiction of Organization; etc. Schedules 1 and 2 of the Perfection Certificate contain for each Credit Party, as of the Closing Date, (i) the exact legal name of such Credit Party,
(ii) the type of organization of such Credit Party, (iii) whether or not such Credit Party is a registered organization, (iv) the jurisdiction of organization of such Credit Party, (v) such Credit Party’s Location,
(vi) any corporate or organizational names such Credit Party has had in the last five years, together with the date of the relevant change and (vii) the organizational identification number (if any) of such Credit Party. 

  
 -37-

 Section 9. Affirmative Covenants. The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that
on and after the Closing Date and until the Term Loans (in each case together with interest thereon), Fees and all other Obligations (other than any indemnification obligations arising hereunder which are not then due and payable and obligations in
respect of Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreements or Designated Treasury Services Agreements) incurred hereunder and thereunder, are paid in full: 
 9.01 Information Covenants. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent for distribution to each Lender: 

(a) Quarterly Financial Statements. Within 45 days after the close of each of the first three quarterly accounting
periods in each fiscal year of the Borrower the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such quarterly accounting period and the related consolidated statements of operations and income and member’s equity and statement of
cash flows for such quarterly accounting period and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly accounting period, all of which shall be certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower that they
fairly present in all material respects in accordance with U.S. GAAP the financial condition of the Borrower as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations for the periods indicated, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and
the absence of footnotes. If the Borrower has filed (within the time period required above) a Form 10-Q with the SEC for any fiscal quarter described above, then to the extent that such quarterly report on Form 10-Q contains any of the foregoing
items, the Lenders shall accept such Form 10-Q in lieu of such items. 
 (b) [Reserved]. 

(c) Monthly Financial Statements. Within 20 days after the end of each of the first two months of each fiscal
quarter, beginning with the month ending May 31, 2013, the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower as of the end of each such month and the related consolidated statement of income of the Borrower for such month and for the then elapsed portion
of the fiscal year, as prepared by management. 
 (d) [Reserved]. 

(e) Officer’s Certificates. At the time of the delivery of the Section 9.01 Financials, a
compliance certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit G, certifying on behalf of the Borrower that, to such Responsible Officer’s knowledge after due inquiry, no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing or, if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, specifying the nature and extent thereof. 
 (f) Notice of Default, Litigation and Material Adverse Effect. Promptly after any officer of the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any event which constitutes
a Default or an Event of Default or any default or event of default under any debt instrument in excess of the Threshold Amount, (ii) any litigation or governmental investigation or proceeding pending against Holdings or the Borrower
(x) which, either individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect or (y) with respect to any Credit Document, (iii) any Casualty Event involving Collateral with a fair
market value in excess of $1,000,000 or (iv) any other event, change or circumstance that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. 

(g) Other Reports and Filings. Promptly after the filing or delivery thereof, copies of all financial information,
proxy materials and reports, if any, which Holdings or the Borrower shall publicly file with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto (the “SEC”). 

(h) Environmental Matters. Promptly after any officer of the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notice of one or
more of the following environmental matters to the extent that such environmental matters, either individually or when aggregated with all other such environmental matters, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: 

  
 -38-

 (i) any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against the Borrower or
any Real Property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower; 
 (ii) any condition or occurrence on or arising
from any Real Property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower that (a) results in noncompliance by the Borrower with any Environmental Law or (b) would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against the
Borrower or any such Real Property; 
 (iii) any condition or occurrence on any Real Property owned, leased or
operated by the Borrower that could reasonably be expected to cause such Real Property to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, lease, occupancy, use or transferability by the Borrower of such Real Property under any Environmental Law;
and 
 (iv) the taking of any removal or remedial action in response to the actual or alleged presence of any
Hazardous Material on any Real Property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower as required by any Environmental Law or any Governmental Authority and all notices received by the Borrower from any Governmental Authority under, or pursuant to,
CERCLA which identify the Borrower as a potentially responsible party for remediation costs or which otherwise notify the Borrower of potential liability under CERCLA. 

All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation, condition, occurrence or
removal or remedial action and the Borrower’s response thereto. 
 (i) [Reserved]. 

(j) [Reserved]. 
 (k) Other Information. From time to time, such other information or documents (financial or otherwise) with respect to Holdings or the Borrower as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through
the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request. 
 The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent
and/or the Joint Lead Arrangers will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks
or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the
Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use
commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a
minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Joint
Lead Arrangers and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal
and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 13.16); (y) all Borrower Materials marked
“PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower
Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” 
 9.02 Books, Records and Inspections. 
 (a) The Borrower will keep proper
books of record and accounts in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with U.S. GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. The Borrower will permit
officers and designated representatives of the 

  
 -39-

 
Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect, under guidance of officers of the Borrower, any of the properties of the Borrower and to examine the books of account of the Borrower and
discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower with, and be advised as to the same by, its and their officers and independent accountants, all upon reasonable prior notice and at such reasonable times and intervals and to such reasonable
extent as the Administrative Agent or any such Lender may reasonably request; provided that the Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower an opportunity to participate in any discussions with its accountants; provided further that
in the absence of the existence of an Event of Default, (i) only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 9.02 and (ii) the
Administrative Agent shall not exercise its inspection rights under this Section 9.02 more often than two times during any fiscal year and only one such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided, further,
however, that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender and their respective designees may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable
advance notice. 
 9.03 Maintenance of Property; Insurance. 

(a) The Borrower will (i) keep all tangible property necessary to the business of the Borrower in good working order and condition,
ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted, (ii) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all such property and against all such risks as is consistent and in accordance with industry
practice for companies similarly situated owning similar properties and engaged in similar businesses as the Borrower, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include business interruption, windstorm, liability and property insurance policies and
(iii) furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon its request therefor, full information as to the insurance carried. The provisions of this Section 9.03 shall be deemed supplemental to, but not duplicative of, the provisions of any
Security Documents that require the maintenance of insurance. 
 (b) If at any time the improvements on a Mortgaged Property are
located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a special flood hazard area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or
hereafter in effect or any successor act thereto), then the Borrower shall, or shall cause the applicable Credit Party to maintain, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with
all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such insurance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. 

(c) The Borrower will at all times keep its property insured in favor of the Collateral Agent, and all policies or certificates (or
certified copies thereof) with respect to such insurance (and any other insurance maintained by the Borrower) (i) shall be endorsed to the Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction for the benefit of the Collateral Agent (including,
without limitation, by naming the Collateral Agent as loss payee and/or additional insured) and (ii) if agreed by the insurer (which agreement the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain), shall state that such insurance
policies shall not be canceled without at least 30 days’ prior written notice thereof (or, with respect to non-payment of premiums, 10 days’ prior written notice) by the respective insurer to the Collateral Agent; provided, that the
requirements of this Section 9.03(c) shall not apply to (x) insurance policies covering (1) directors and officers, fiduciary or other professional liability, (2) employment practices liability, (3) workers
compensation liability, (4) automobile and aviation liability, (5) health, medical, dental and life insurance, and (6) such other insurance policies and programs as the Collateral Agent may approve; and (y) self-insurance
programs. 
 (d) If the Borrower shall fail to maintain insurance in accordance with this Section 9.03, or the
Borrower shall fail to so endorse and deposit all policies or certificates with respect thereto, after any applicable grace period, the Administrative Agent shall have the right (but shall be under no obligation) to procure such insurance, and the
Credit Parties jointly and severally agree to reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable costs and expenses of procuring such insurance. 

  
 -40-

 9.04 Existence; Franchises. The Borrower will do or cause to be done, all things
necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights, franchises, licenses, permits, leases, easements and Intellectual Property, in each case to the extent material; provided, however, that nothing in this
Section 9.04 shall prevent (i) the abandonment by the Borrower of any rights, franchises, licenses, permits, leases, easements or Intellectual Property that the Borrower reasonably determines are no longer material to the operations
of the Borrower, (ii) the withdrawal by the Borrower of its qualification as a foreign limited liability company in any jurisdiction if such withdrawal would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect or (iii) the Transactions, the MLP Set-Up Transactions or the Qualified MLP IPO. 
 9.05
Compliance with Statutes, etc. The Borrower will comply with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all governmental bodies, domestic or foreign, in respect of the conduct of its
business and the ownership of its property (including ERISA and applicable statutes, regulations, orders and restrictions relating to environmental standards and controls), except such noncompliances as would not, either individually or in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 9.06 Compliance with Environmental Laws.

 (a) The Borrower will comply with all Environmental Laws and permits applicable to, or required by, the ownership, lease or
use of Real Property now or hereafter owned, leased or operated by the Borrower, except such noncompliances as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and will promptly pay or
cause to be paid all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such compliance, and will keep or cause to be kept all such Real Property free and clear of any Liens imposed pursuant to such Environmental Laws (other than Liens imposed on leased
Real Property resulting from the acts or omissions of the owner of such leased Real Property or of other tenants of such leased Real Property who are not within the control of the Borrower). Except as have not had, and would not reasonably be
expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower will not generate, use, treat, store, Release or dispose of, or permit the generation, use, treatment, storage, Release or disposal of Hazardous Materials on, at, under, about or within any
Real Property now or hereafter owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or transport or permit the transportation of Hazardous Materials to or from any such Real Property, except for Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, stored, Released or
disposed of on, at, under, about or within any such Real Property or transported to or from such Real Property in compliance with Environmental Laws. 
 (b) (i) After the receipt by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any notice of the type described in Section 9.01(h), (ii) at any time that the Borrower is not in compliance
with Section 9.06(a) or (iii) at any time when an Event of Default is in existence, the Credit Parties will (in each case) jointly and severally provide, at the written request of the Administrative Agent, an environmental
assessment report concerning any Mortgaged Property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower (in the event of (i) or (ii) that is the subject of or could reasonably be expected to be the subject of such notice or noncompliance), prepared
by an environmental consulting firm reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent, indicating the nature and scope of such environmental matter(s) and the reasonable worst case cost of addressing the matter(s) in accordance with Environmental Law.
If the Credit Parties fail to provide the same within 30 days after such request was made, the Administrative Agent may order the same, the reasonable cost of which shall be borne (jointly and severally) by the Borrower, and the Credit Parties shall
grant and hereby grant to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their respective agents access to such Mortgaged Property and specifically grant the Administrative Agent and the Lenders an irrevocable non-exclusive license to undertake such
an assessment at any reasonable time upon reasonable notice to the Borrower, all at the sole expense of the Credit Parties (who shall be jointly and severally liable therefor). 

9.07 ERISA. As soon as possible and, in any event, within ten (10) Business Days after the Borrower knows of the occurrence
of any of the following, the Borrower will deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the Borrower setting forth the full details as to such occurrence and the action, if any, that the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate is required or proposes
to take, together with any notices required or proposed to be given or filed by the Borrower, the Plan administrator or such ERISA Affiliate to or with the PBGC or any other Governmental Authority or a Plan participant and any notices received by
the Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or any other Governmental Authority or a Plan participant with respect thereto: that (a) an ERISA Event has occurred that is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(b) there has been an increase in Unfunded Pension Liabilities since the date the representations hereunder are given, or from any prior notice, as applicable, in either case, which is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) there has been an increase in the estimated withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, if the Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates were to 

  
 -41-

 
withdraw completely from any and all Multiemployer Plans which is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (d) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate adopts, or commences
contributions to, any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, or adopts any amendment to a Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code which is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower will also deliver to the
Administrative Agent, upon request by the Administrative Agent, a complete copy of the most recent annual report (on Internal Revenue Service Form 5500-series, including, to the extent required, the related financial and actuarial statements and
opinions and other supporting statements, certifications, schedules and information) filed with the Internal Revenue Service or other Governmental Authority of each Plan that is maintained or sponsored by the Borrower. 

9.08 End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters. The Borrower will cause (i) each of its fiscal years to end on December 31 of
each year and (ii) each of its fiscal quarters to end on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. 
 9.09 Performance of Obligations. The Borrower will perform all of its obligations under the terms of each mortgage, indenture, security agreement, loan agreement or credit agreement and each other
agreement, contract, lease, easement or instrument by which it is bound, except such non-performances as, individually and in the aggregate, have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. 

9.10 Payment of Taxes. The Borrower and Holdings each will pay and discharge all material Taxes imposed upon it (including in its
capacity as withholding agent) or upon its income or profits or upon any properties owned by it or leased (if payment of Taxes is required by the applicable lease agreement) to it, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all
material lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a Lien or charge upon any properties of the Borrower or Holdings not otherwise permitted under Section 10.01(i); provided that neither the Borrower nor Holdings shall be
required to pay any such Tax which is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with U.S. GAAP. 

9.11 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the proceeds of each Tranche of the Term Loans only as provided in Section
8.08. 
 9.12 Additional Security; Further Assurances; etc. 

(a) Each of Holdings and the Borrower will and will cause each of the Credit Parties to grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of
the Guaranteed Creditors security interests and Mortgages in such assets and properties of Holdings, the Borrower and each other Credit Party as are not covered by the Security Documents to which it is a party on the Closing Date and as may be
reasonably requested from time to time by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (collectively, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Additional Security Documents”), in each case, except for
those assets and properties expressly excluded pursuant to the Security Documents (including in respect of Excluded Property (as defined in the Security Agreement). All such security interests and Mortgages shall be granted pursuant to documentation
reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and (subject to exceptions as are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and solely to the extent required by the applicable Security Documents) shall constitute,
upon taking all necessary perfection action (which the Credit Parties agree to promptly take) valid and enforceable perfected security interests and Mortgages (except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law), subject to no other Liens except for
Permitted Collateral Liens. The Additional Security Documents or instruments related thereto shall be duly recorded or filed in such manner and in such places as are required by law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect (subject to exceptions
as are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and solely to the extent required by the applicable Security Documents) the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent required to be granted pursuant to the Additional Security Documents and all
Taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith shall be paid in full. 
 (b) With respect to any person that is or
becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings after the Closing Date that directly or indirectly owns any Equity Interests of the Borrower, including any MLP formed by Holdings in connection with any MLP Set-Up Transaction, Holdings will (i) deliver to the
Collateral Agent, on the date of formation of such Subsidiary, the certificates, if any, representing all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary, 

  
 -42-

 
together with undated stock powers or other appropriate transfers duly executed in blank, (ii) cause such Subsidiary, on or prior to the date of its formation, to (A) execute and deliver a
Guaranty in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to become a Guarantor, (B) execute and deliver a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative
Agent to become a grantor thereunder and pledge all of the Equity Interests held by it, including 100% of the Equity Interests of the Borrower, and (C) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to cause the Lien created by the Security
Agreement to be duly perfected to the extent required by the Security Agreement in accordance with all applicable requirements of law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably requested by the
Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and (iii) at the request of the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of an opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders, of counsel to the
Credit Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in this Section 9.12(b) as the Administrative Agent may reasonable request. 

(c) Each Credit Party will, at the expense of the Borrower, make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Collateral
Agent, promptly (but in any event within the time periods set forth in Section 9.13 or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may reasonable agree), upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, at
Borrower’s expense, any document or instrument supplemental to or confirmatory of the Security Documents, including “Life-of-Loan” flood hazard determinations and if applicable, executed Notices to Borrower and evidence of flood
insurance, mortgagee title policies, surveys, opinions of counsel, or otherwise deemed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent reasonably necessary for the continued validity, perfection and priority of the Liens on the Collateral
covered thereby subject to no other Liens except for Permitted Collateral Liens or as otherwise permitted by the applicable Security Document. 
 (d) [Reserved]. 
 (e) Each Credit Party agrees that each action required by clauses
(a), (b) and (c) of this Section 9.12 shall be completed as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than 90 days (10 days in the case of clause (b)) after such action is required to be taken pursuant to such
clauses or requested to be taken by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree), as the case may be; provided that, in no event will Holdings or the Borrower or
any other Credit Party be required to take any action, other than using its commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain consents from third parties with respect to its compliance with this Section 9.12. 

9.13 Post-Closing Actions. Holdings and the Borrower each agrees that it will complete each of the actions described on
Schedule 9.13 as soon as commercially reasonable and by no later than the date set forth in Schedule 9.13 with respect to such action or such later date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree.1 

9.14 [Reserved]. 
 9.15 Credit Ratings. After acquiring the following credit ratings from S&P and Moody’s as required by Section 9.13, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
maintain a corporate credit rating from S&P and a corporate family rating from Moody’s, in each case, with respect to the Borrower, and a credit rating from S&P and Moody’s with respect to the Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this
Agreement, in all cases, but not a specific rating. 
 Section 10. Negative Covenants. The Borrower (and in the case
of Section 10.09(b), Holdings, and any Subsidiary of Holdings that becomes a Guarantor hereunder in connection with a MLP Set-Up Transaction and that is a direct or indirect owner of any Equity Interests in the Borrower ) hereby
covenants and agrees that on and after the Closing Date and until the Term Loans (in each case, together with interest thereon), Fees and all other Obligations (other than any indemnification obligations arising hereunder which are not then due and
payable and obligations in respect of Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreements or Designated Treasury Services Agreements) incurred hereunder and thereunder, are paid in full: 

 
  

	1 	Schedule to include, among other things, (i) engagement letters from S&P and Moody’s for corporate credit rating and public credit rating for the Term
Facility within 30 days after close and (ii) subject to completion of diligence, post-closing real estate. 

  
 -43-

 10.01 Liens. The Borrower will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien
upon or with respect to any property or assets (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of the Borrower, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or sell accounts receivable with recourse to the Borrower or authorize the filing of any financing
statement under the UCC with respect to any Lien or any other similar notice of any Lien under any similar recording or notice statute; provided that the provisions of this Section 10.01 shall not prevent the creation, incurrence,
assumption or existence of, or any filing in respect of, the following (Liens described below are herein referred to as “Permitted Liens”): 
 (i) Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not overdue or Liens for Taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of
preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with U.S. GAAP; 
 (ii) Liens in respect of property or assets of the Borrower imposed by law, which were incurred in the ordinary course of business and do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, such as
carriers’, warehousemen’s, contractors’, materialmen’s and mechanics’ liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, and which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which
proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with U.S. GAAP; 

(iii) Liens in existence on the Closing Date which are listed, and the property subject thereto described, in Schedule
10.01(iii), plus modifications, renewals, replacements, refinancings and extensions of such Liens, provided that (x) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness, if any, secured by such Liens does not increase from that amount
outstanding at the time of any such modification, refinancing, renewal, replacement or extension, plus accrued and unpaid interest and cash fees and expenses (including premium) incurred in connection with such modification, refinancing, renewal,
replacement or extension and (y) any such modification, refinancing, renewal, replacement or extension does not encumber any additional assets or properties of the Borrower (other than after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated
into the property encumbered by such Lien on the Closing Date and the proceeds and products thereof) unless such Lien is permitted under the other provisions of this Section 10.01; 

(iv) Liens created pursuant to the Credit Documents; 

(v) Leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including licenses or sublicenses of Intellectual Property) under which
the applicable Credit Party is the lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor, granted to other Persons (i) not materially interfering with the conduct of the business of the Borrower, (ii) not materially impairing the value or
marketability of any Real Property affected thereby and (iii), in the case of Real Property, subordinate in all respects to the Liens of the Security Documents; 
 (vi) Liens upon assets of the Borrower subject to Capitalized Lease Obligations to the extent such Capitalized Lease Obligations are permitted by Section 10.04(iii), provided that
(x) such Liens serve only to secure the payment of Indebtedness and/or other monetary obligations arising under such Capitalized Lease Obligation and (y) the Lien encumbering the asset or assets giving rise to such Capitalized Lease
Obligation does not encumber any asset of the Borrower other than the proceeds of the assets giving rise to such Capitalized Lease Obligations; 
 (vii) Liens placed upon equipment, machinery or other fixed assets acquired or constructed after the Closing Date and used in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and placed at the time of the
acquisition or construction thereof by the Borrower or within 270 days thereafter to secure Indebtedness incurred to pay all or a portion of the purchase or construction price thereof or to secure Indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of
financing the acquisition or construction of any such equipment, machinery or other fixed assets or extensions, renewals or replacements of any of the foregoing for the same or a lesser amount, provided that (x) the Indebtedness secured
by such Liens is permitted by Section  

  
 -44-

 
10.04(iii) and (y) in all events, the Lien encumbering the equipment, machinery or other fixed assets so acquired or constructed does not encumber any other asset of the Borrower;
provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender on customary terms; 

(viii) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), encroachments, protrusions and other
similar charges or encumbrances and minor title deficiencies with respect to the Real Property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower, which in the aggregate do not materially interfere with the conduct of the business of the Borrower or
materially impair the value or marketability of such Real Property; 
 (ix) Liens arising from precautionary UCC
or other similar financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (x) attachment and judgment Liens, to the extent and for so long as the underlying judgments and decrees do not constitute an Event of Default pursuant to Section 11.09; 

(xi) statutory and common law landlords’ liens under leases to which the Borrower is a party as the tenant or lessee;

 (xii) Liens (other than Liens imposed under ERISA) incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection
with workers’ compensation claims, unemployment insurance and social security benefits and Liens securing the performance of bids, tenders, leases and contracts in the ordinary course of business, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs or
appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including (i) those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations and (ii) those required or requested by any Governmental Authority other than letters of
credit) incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xiii) Permitted Encumbrances; 

(xiv) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.04(iv); provided that such Liens may be
secured equally and ratably with the Obligations pursuant to an intercreditor agreement on terms prevailing on the date thereof for similar agreements, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent; 

(xv) deposits or pledges to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the repayment of borrowed money),
leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds and other obligations of like nature (including (i) those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations and (ii) those required or requested by any Governmental
Authority other than letters of credit), and as security for the payment of rent, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xvi) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensee, sublicensee, licensor or sublicensor under any lease, sublease, license or sublicense agreement (including software and other technology
licenses) under which the applicable Credit Party is the lessee, tenant, sublessee, subtenant, licensee or sublicensee in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xvii) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities
brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law or under customary general terms and conditions encumbering deposits (including the right
of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; 

  
 -45-

 (xviii) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to the
establishment of depository relations with banks or other financial institutions not given in connection with the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness; 
 (xix) (i) zoning, building, entitlement and other land use regulations by Governmental Authorities with which the normal operation of the business of the Borrower complies, and (ii) any zoning
or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any Real Property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower; and 

(xx) Liens not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses (i) through (xix), to the extent attaching to properties
and assets with an aggregate fair market value not in excess of, and securing liabilities not in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding. 
 In connection with the granting of Liens of the type described in this Section 10.01 by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall, and shall be authorized to, take
any actions deemed appropriate by it in connection therewith (including, without limitation, by executing appropriate lien releases or lien subordination agreements in favor of the holder or holders of such Liens, in either case solely with respect
to the item or items of equipment or other assets subject to such Liens). 
 10.02 Fundamental Changes. The Borrower will
not, merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution). 
 10.03 Dividends. The Borrower will not authorize, declare or pay any Dividends with respect to the Borrower, except that: 

(i) the Borrower may pay cash Dividends to Holdings so long as the proceeds thereof are promptly used by Holdings (or
subsequently paid to any other Parent Company) to pay expenses incurred by Holdings or any other Parent Company in connection with the Permanent Term Loan; 
 (ii) the Borrower may pay cash Dividends or other distributions, or make loans or advances to, any Parent Company or the equity interest holders thereof in amounts required for any Parent Company or the
equity interest holders thereof to pay, in each case without duplication: 
 (A) U.S. franchise Taxes (and other
fees and expenses) required to maintain their corporate existence to the extent such Taxes, fees and expenses are reasonably attributable to the operations of the Borrower; 

(B) with respect to any taxable year (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date with respect to which the Borrower
is a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is wholly-owned by any Parent Company that is a C corporation for U.S. federal and/or applicable state or local income tax purposes, an amount not to exceed the amount
of any U.S. federal, state and/or local income Taxes that the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, would have paid for such taxable period had the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable been a stand-alone corporate taxpayer; and

 (C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings or any Parent
Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 after the Closing Date; 

(iii) the Borrower may pay cash Dividends to Holdings so long as the proceeds thereof are promptly used by Holdings or any
Parent Company to pay general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties) of Holdings or such Parent Company to the extent such costs and expenses
are reasonably attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower; 

  
 -46-

 (iv) the Borrower may pay cash Dividends to Holdings so long as the proceeds
thereof are promptly used by Holdings or any Parent Company for the Shareholder Payment; and 
 (v) the Borrower
may pay any Dividend in connection with the MLP Set-up Transactions paid no earlier than one Business Day prior to the consummation of the MLP IPO. 
 10.04 Indebtedness. The Borrower will not contract, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except: 

(i) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents; 

(ii) Indebtedness under Interest Rate Protection Agreements entered into with respect to other Indebtedness permitted
under this Section 10.04 so long as the entering into of such Interest Rate Protection Agreements are bona fide hedging activities and are not for speculative purposes; 

(iii) Indebtedness of the Borrower evidenced by Capitalized Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness (including
obligations in respect of mortgages, industrial revenue bonds, industrial development bonds and similar financings) described in Section 10.01(vii); provided that in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of Capitalized
Lease Obligations and the principal amount of all such Indebtedness incurred or assumed in each case after the Closing Date permitted by this clause (iii) exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding; 

(iv) Indebtedness under a Permanent Term Loan; 

(v) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 10.04(v) (“Existing
Indebtedness”) and any subsequent extension, renewal or refinancing thereof; provided that the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness to be extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase from that amount outstanding at the
time of any such extension, renewal or refinancing, plus accrued and unpaid interest and cash fees and expenses (including premium) incurred in connection with such renewal, replacement or extension; provided, however, that such
refinancing Indebtedness: (y) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or
refinanced; and (z) to the extent such refinancing Indebtedness extends, renews or refinances Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Term Loans, such refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Term Loans at least to
the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced; 
 (vi) Investments permitted under
Section 10.05 to the extent constituting Indebtedness; 
 (vii) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary
course of business in respect of netting services, overdraft protections, employee credit card programs, automatic clearinghouse arrangements and other similar services in connection with cash management and deposit accounts and Indebtedness in
connection with the honoring of a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, including in each case, obligations under any Treasury Services
Agreements; 
 (viii) Indebtedness in respect of Hedging Agreements so long as the entering into of such Hedging
Agreements are bona fide hedging activities and are not for speculative purposes; 
 (ix) Contingent Obligations
for customs, stay, performance, appeal, judgment, replevin and similar bonds and suretyship arrangements, and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature, all in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 -47-

 (x) Contingent Obligations to insurers required in connection with
worker’s compensation and other insurance coverage incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xi)
Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished
within two Business Days of its incurrence; 
 (xii) (x) severance, pension and health and welfare
retirement benefits or the equivalent thereof to current and former employees of the Borrower incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (y) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation or stock-based compensation to employees of the
Borrower; 
 (xiii) additional Indebtedness of the Borrower not to exceed $500,000 in aggregate principal amount
outstanding at any time; and 
 (xiv) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees,
expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (i) through (xiii) above. 

10.05 Advances, Investments and Loans. The Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, lend money or credit or make advances to any
Person, or purchase or acquire any stock, obligations or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any other Person, or purchase or own a futures contract or otherwise become liable for the purchase or sale of
currency or other commodities at a future date in the nature of a futures contract, or hold any cash or Cash Equivalents (each of the foregoing, an “Investment” and, collectively, “Investments” and with the value of
each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value or any write-ups, write-downs or write-offs thereof but giving effect to any cash return or cash distributions received by the Borrower with
respect thereto), other than: 
 (i) Investments in Cash Equivalents; 

(ii) guarantees or indemnities arising under the Credit Documents or the Permanent Term Loan (provided such guarantees
shall be on a pari passu basis herewith); 
 (iii) intercompany loans to and other investments in Holdings in
lieu of dividends otherwise permitted in connection with Section 10.03; 
 (iv) Investments in
connection with the MLP Set-Up Transactions, including Equity Interests held by the Credit Parties other than the Borrower in entities formed to effectuate the Qualified MLP IPO; 

(v) [Reserved]; 
 (vi) the Borrower may acquire and hold accounts receivable owing to any of them, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade
terms of the Borrower; 
 (vii) the Borrower may enter into Interest Rate Protection Agreements to the extent
permitted by Section 10.04(ii), and Hedging Agreements to the extent permitted by Section 10.04(ix); 
 (viii) extensions of trade credit may be made in the ordinary course of business (including advances made to distributors consistent with past practice), Investments received in satisfaction or partial
satisfaction of previously extended trade credit from financially troubled account debtors, Investments consisting of prepayments to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business and loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course
of business; 
 (ix) Investments in deposit accounts or securities accounts opened in the ordinary course of
business; 

  
 -48-

 (x) Investments in the nature of pledges or deposits with respect to leases
or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xi) Investments in the ordinary
course of business consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit; 
 (xii) the licensing,
sublicensing or contribution of intellectual property rights pursuant to arrangements with Persons other than the Borrower in the ordinary course of business for fair market value, as determined by the Borrower in good faith; 

(xiii) to the extent that they constitute Investments, purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and
equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xiv) loans and advances by the Borrower to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower in connection with relocations and other ordinary course of business purposes (including travel and
entertainment expenses) in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed $500,000; and 
 (xv) additional
Investments of the Borrower not to exceed $500,000 in aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time. 
 10.06
Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not enter into any transaction or series of related transactions with any Affiliate of the Borrower, other than (i) in connection with the MLP Set-Up Transactions, (ii) to the
extent not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, transactions between or among Holdings and the Borrower, and (iii) on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower as would reasonably be obtained by the Borrower at that time in a
comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate. 
 10.07 Modifications of Certificate of
Incorporation, By-Laws and Certain Other Agreements, etc. The Borrower will not amend, modify or change its certificate or articles of incorporation (including, without limitation, by the filing or modification of any certificate or articles of
designation), certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement or by-laws (or the equivalent organizational documents), as applicable, or any agreement entered into by it with respect to its Equity Interests, or enter into any new
agreement with respect to its Equity Interests, unless such amendment, modification, change or other action contemplated by this Section 10.07 could not reasonably be expected to be adverse in any material respect to the interests of the
Lenders. 
 10.08 Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not create any Subsidiaries or acquire any
Equity Interests in any Person. 
 10.09 Business. 

(a) The Borrower will not permit at any time the business activities conducted by the Borrower to be materially different from the
business activities conducted by the Borrower on the Closing Date and Similar Business. 
 (b) Holdings, and any Subsidiary of
Holdings that becomes a Guarantor hereunder in connection with a MLP Set-Up Transaction and that is an owner of the Borrower, will not engage in any business other than its ownership of the capital stock of, and the management of, the Borrower (and
other entities formed to effectuate the Qualified MLP IPO) and activities incidental thereto; provided that Holdings or any such Subsidiary may engage in those activities that are incidental to (i) the maintenance of its corporate
existence in compliance with applicable law, (ii) legal, tax and accounting matters in connection with any of the foregoing or following activities, (iii) the entering into, and performing its obligations under this Agreement or any
Permanent Term Loan, (iv) the issuance, sale or repurchase of its Equity Interests and the receipt of capital contributions, (v) the making of dividends or distributions on its Equity Interests, (vi) the filing of registration
statements, and compliance with applicable reporting and other obligations, under federal, state or other securities laws, (vii) the listing of its equity securities and compliance with applicable reporting and other obligations in connection
therewith, (viii) the retention of (and 

  
 -49-

 
the entry into, and exercise of rights and performance of obligations in respect of, contracts and agreements with) transfer agents, private placement agents, underwriters, counsel, accountants
and other advisors and consultants, (ix) the performance of obligations under and compliance with its certificate of incorporation and by-laws, or any applicable law, ordinance, regulation, rule, order, judgment, decree or permit, (x) the
incurrence and payment of its operating and business expenses and any taxes for which it may be liable (including reimbursement to Affiliates for such expenses paid on its behalf), (xi) the consummation of the Transaction, (xii) the MLP
Set-Up Transactions, and (xiii) the making of loans to or other Investments in, or incurrence of Indebtedness from, the Borrower, as and to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement. 

(c) The Borrower will not directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of any Term Loan, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such
proceeds to any joint venture partner or other individual or entity, to fund any activities of or business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any
other manner that will result in a violation by any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the transaction, whether as Lender, Agent, or otherwise) of Sanctions. 

10.10 Asset Sales. The Borrower shall not effect any Asset Sale, other than: 

(i) the disposition of Cash Equivalents in a transaction not prohibited by this Agreement; 

(ii) dispositions consisting of Liens, Investments, or Dividends otherwise permitted hereunder; 

(iii) the sale or discount, in each case in the ordinary course of business, of accounts receivable arising in the
ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof and not as part of any financing transaction; 
 (iv) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases (including of Intellectual Property) under which the applicable Credit Party is the lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor to other Persons (i) not
materially interfering with the conduct of the business of the Borrower, (ii) not materially impairing the value or marketability of any Real Property affected thereby and (iii), in the case of Real Property, subordinate in all respects to the
Liens of the Security Documents; 
 (v) sales or leases of (A) inventory, (B) goods held for sale and
(C) immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business; 
 (vi) sales or other disposals of
(i) outdated, obsolete, surplus or worn out property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and (ii) property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower; 

(vii) transfers of property subject to condemnation proceedings upon the occurrence of the related Recovery Event;

 (viii) abandonment of Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable
good faith determination of the Borrower are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower; 
 (ix)
voluntary terminations of or unwinding of Interest Rate Protection Agreements, Hedging Agreements and Treasury Services Agreements; 
 (x) sales, dispositions or contributions of property other than cash and Cash Equivalents between Credit Parties in connection with the MLP Set-Up Transactions; and 

(xi) additional Asset Sales involving assets with a fair market value not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate from and
after the Closing Date. 

  
 -50-

 10.11 Financial Covenant. The Borrower will not permit Consolidated EBITDA for any
period of three consecutive calendar months (beginning with the three consecutive calendar months ended May 31, 2013) for which management reports have been delivered to be less than $45,000,000. 

10.12 Capital Expenditures. The Borrower will not permit the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made following the Closing
Date to exceed $70,000,000. 
 Section 11. Events of Default. Upon the occurrence of any of the following specified
events (each, an “Event of Default”): 
 11.01 Payments. Any Credit Party shall (i) default in the
payment when due of any principal of any Term Loan or any Note or (ii) default, and such default shall continue unremedied for five or more Business Days, in the payment when due of any interest on any Term Loan or Note, or any Fees or any
other amounts owing hereunder or under any other Credit Document; or 
 11.02 Representations, etc. Any representation,
warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Credit Party herein or in any other Credit Document or in any certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue
in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made; or 
 11.03 Covenants. Holdings or the Borrower
shall (i) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 9.01(f)(i), 9.04 (as to the Borrower), 9.08, 9.11, 9.13 or Section 10 or
(ii) default in the due performance or observance by it of any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or in any other Credit Document (other than those set forth in Sections 11.01 and 11.02), and such
default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof to the defaulting party by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or 
 11.04 Default Under Other Agreements. (i) Holdings or the Borrower shall (x) default in any payment of any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) beyond the period of grace, if any,
provided in an instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created or (y) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) or contained in any
instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a
trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause (determined without regard to whether any notice is required), any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity, or (ii) any Indebtedness (other than the
Obligations) of Holdings or the Borrower shall be declared to be (or shall become) due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment, prior to the stated maturity thereof, provided that
(A) it shall not be a Default or an Event of Default under this Section 11.04 unless the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness as described in preceding clauses (i) and (ii) is at least equal to the Threshold
Amount and (B) the preceding clause (ii) shall not apply to Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of a voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is otherwise permitted
hereunder and such Indebtedness is promptly paid; or 
 11.05 Bankruptcy, etc. Holdings or the Borrower shall commence a
voluntary case concerning itself under Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto (the “Bankruptcy Code”); or an involuntary case is commenced against
Holdings or the Borrower, and the petition is not controverted within 21 days, or is not dismissed within 60 days, after commencement of the case; or a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code), receiver, receiver-manager, trustee, monitor is
appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of Holdings or the Borrower, or Holdings or the Borrower commences any other proceeding under any reorganization, bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, winding-up, adjustment
of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to Holdings or the Borrower, or there is commenced against Holdings or the Borrower any such proceeding
which remains undismissed for a period of 60 days, or Holdings or the Borrower is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding is entered; or Holdings or the Borrower suffers any
appointment of any custodian, receiver, receiver-manager, trustee, monitor or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or Holdings or the Borrower makes a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any corporate, limited liability company or similar action is taken by the Borrower for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or 

  
 -51-

 11.06 ERISA. (a) An ERISA Event has occurred with respect to a Plan or
Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (b) there is or arises Unfunded Pension Liability which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect or (c) there is or arises any potential withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, if the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate was to withdraw completely from any and all Multiemployer Plans which has resulted or would reasonably
be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or 
 11.07 Credit Documents. Any of the Credit Documents shall cease
to be in full force and effect, or in the case of Security Documents, shall cease to give the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Guaranteed Creditors the Liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby (including, without
limitation (to the extent provided therein), a perfected security interest in, and Lien on, all of the Collateral (other than Collateral with an aggregate fair market value not in excess of the Threshold Amount), in favor of the Collateral Agent
superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons (except as permitted by the Security Documents), and subject to no other Liens except Permitted Collateral Liens, in each case, except as otherwise expressly permitted in this Agreement; or

 11.08 Guaranties. Any Guaranty or any provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect as to any Guarantor,
or any Guarantor or any Person acting for or on behalf of such Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm such Guarantor’s obligations under the Guaranty to which it is a party or any Guarantor shall default in the due performance or observance of any
term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed pursuant to the Guaranty to which it is a party; or 
 11.09
Judgments. One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Credit Party involving in the aggregate for all Credit Parties a liability or liabilities (not paid or fully covered by a reputable and solvent insurance company with
respect to judgments for the payment of money) and such judgments and decrees either shall be final and non-appealable or shall not be vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal for any period of 60 consecutive days, and the aggregate
amount of all such judgments and decrees (to the extent not paid or fully covered by such insurance company) equals or exceeds the Threshold Amount; or 
 11.10 Change of Control. A Change of Control shall occur; or 
 11.11
Casualty or Condemnation. A Casualty Event involving all or substantially all of the Collateral shall occur; or 
 11.12
Abandonment of Operations. There shall occur the abandonment by the Borrower of all or substantially all of the operations of the Plant, other than in respect of any force majeure; 
 then and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, the Administrative Agent, upon the written request of the Required Lenders, shall by written
notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the holder of any Note to enforce its claims against any Credit Party (provided that, if an Event of
Default specified in Section 11.05 shall occur with respect to any Credit Party, the result which would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Administrative Agent as specified in clauses (i) and (ii) below shall occur
automatically without the giving of any such notice): (i) declare the Total Term Loan Commitment terminated, whereupon all Commitments of each Lender shall forthwith terminate immediately; (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued
interest in respect of all Term Loans and the Notes and all Obligations owing hereunder and thereunder to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which
are hereby waived by each Credit Party; (iii) enforce, as Collateral Agent, all of the Liens and security interests created pursuant to the Security Documents; and (iv) enforce each Guaranty. 

  
 -52-

 After the occurrence of any of the events described in clauses (i) through (iv) of
the preceding paragraph, any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order: 
 First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and
amounts payable under Section 5) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such; 

Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than
principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders) arising under the Credit Documents and amounts payable under Section 5, ratably among them in proportion to
the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them; 
 Third, to payment of
that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Term Loans under each Tranche, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third held by them; 

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Term Loans under each
Tranche and Obligations then owing under Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreements and Designated Treasury Services Agreements, ratably among the Lenders and Guaranteed Creditors in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause
Fourth held by them; 
 Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in
full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by a Requirement of Law. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligations arising
under Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreements and Designated Treasury Services Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such
supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Guaranteed Creditor. Each Guaranteed Creditor not a party to this Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice,
be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Section 12 hereof for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto. 

Section 12. The Administrative Agent. 
 12.01 Appointment and Authorization. 
 (a) Each of the Lenders hereby
irrevocably appoints Bank of America, N.A. to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are
delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders,
and neither the Borrower nor any other Credit Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. 

(b) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Credit Documents, and each of the Lenders
(including in its capacity as a potential Guaranteed Creditor under a Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreement or Designated Treasury Services Agreement) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of
such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any Credit Party to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this
connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 12.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on
the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article
XII and Article XIII (including Section 13.01, 

  
 -53-

 
as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Credit Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Guaranteed Creditors with respect thereto, as
contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Administrative Agent shall bind the Lenders. 

(c) The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this
Agreement and any such intercreditor agreement shall be binding upon the Lenders. 
 12.02 Rights as a Lender. The Person
serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or
“Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits
from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent
hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders. 
 12.03 Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative
Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent: 

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is
continuing; 
 (b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers,
except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Credit Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the
Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Credit Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the
Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Credit Document or applicable law; 
 (c) shall not,
except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or
obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity; 
 (d) shall
not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good
faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11 and 13.12) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of
any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender; and 
 (e) shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document,
(ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions
set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation,
perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article VI or elsewhere herein, other
than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. 

  
 -54-

 12.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to
rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution)
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the
proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Term Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent
may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Term Loan. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel
(who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. 

12.05 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers
hereunder or under any other Credit Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by
or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities
in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. 

12.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders
and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the Borrower’s consent (other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Section 11.01 or 11.05),
to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have
accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, with the Borrower’s consent (other than during the existence of an Event of
Default under Section 11.01 or 11.05), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and
the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and
obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Credit Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall
continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be
made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such
successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations
hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions
of this Article and Section 13.01 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them
while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent. 
 12.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and
Other Lenders. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate,
made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on
such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any related agreement or any document
furnished hereunder or thereunder. 

  
 -55-

 12.08 No Other Duties, Etc. 

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Joint Lead Arrangers, Syndication Agent or Documentation Agent shall have
any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder. 

12.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any debtor relief law or any
other judicial proceeding relative to any Credit Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Term Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the
Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise 
 (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent
and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 4.01 and 13.01) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and 

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the
same; 
 and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is
hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 4.01 and 13.01. 

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of
any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or in any such proceeding.

 12.10 Collateral Matters and Guaranty Matters. 

Each of the Lenders (including in its capacity as a potential Guaranteed Creditor under a Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreement
or Designated Treasury Services Agreement) irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, 
 (a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Credit Document (i) upon termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other
than (x) contingent indemnification obligations and (y) obligations and liabilities under Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreements and Designated Treasury Services Agreements), (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in
connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Credit Document to a Person that is not a Credit Party, (iii) that constitutes “Excluded Property” (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) or (iv) if
approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 13.12; 
 (b) [Reserved]; and

  
 -56-

 (c) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the
Administrative Agent under any Credit Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 10.01(vi) or (vii). 
 Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or
items of property pursuant to this Section 12.10. In each case as specified in this Section 12.10, the Administrative Agent will (and each Lender (including in its capacity as a potential Guaranteed Creditor under a
Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreement or Designated Treasury Services Agreement) irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to), at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Credit Party such documents as such
Credit Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, in each case in accordance with the
terms of the Credit Documents and this Section 12.10. 
 12.11 Withholding Taxes. To the extent required by
any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction
asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed,
or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall, within 10 days after written demand therefor, indemnify
and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.04 and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrower to do so)
for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Taxes or otherwise, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally
imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the
Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Credit Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 12.11. The agreements in
this Section 12.11 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

 12.12 Indemnification by the Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to pay any amount required
under Section 13.01(a) to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such
Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (based on the amount of then outstanding Term Loans) of (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid
amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) in its capacity as such,
or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 12.12 are subject to the provisions of
Section 5.04. 
 12.13 Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreements and Designated Treasury Services
Agreements. No Guaranteed Creditor that obtains the benefits of Section 11, any Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guaranty or any Security Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to
consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Credit Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only
to the extent expressly provided in the Credit Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12 to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements
have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreements and Designated Treasury Services Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such
supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Guaranteed Creditor. 

  
 -57-

 Section 13. Miscellaneous. 

13.01 Payment of Expenses, etc. 
 (a) The Credit Parties hereby jointly and severally agree to: (i) if the Closing Date occurs, pay all reasonable invoiced out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Agents (including, without
limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction) in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the other Credit Documents and the documents and instruments referred to herein and therein, the administration hereof and thereof and any amendment, waiver or consent relating hereto or thereto (whether or not effective), and of the
Agents and each Lender in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and the documents and instruments referred to herein and therein or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit
arrangements provided under this Agreement in the nature of a “work-out” or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings; (ii) pay and hold each Agent and each Lender harmless from and against any and all Other Taxes with
respect to the foregoing matters and save each Agent and each Lender harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission (other than to the extent attributable to such Agent, such Lender or Joint
Lead Arranger) to pay such Other Taxes; and (iii) indemnify each Agent and each Lender and their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents, and investment advisors of each of the foregoing (each, an
“Indemnified Person”) from and hold each of them harmless against any and all liabilities, obligations (including removal or remedial actions), losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and
disbursements (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and disbursements) (but excluding Taxes other than Taxes that represent liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, costs, expenses and disbursements
arising from a non-Tax claim) incurred by, imposed on or assessed against any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or in any way related to, or by reason of, (a) any investigation, litigation or other proceeding (whether or not any Agent
or any Lender is a party thereto and whether or not such investigation, litigation or other proceeding is brought by or on behalf of any Credit Party) related to the entering into and/or performance of this Agreement or any other Credit Document or
the proceeds of any Term Loans hereunder or the consummation of the Transaction or any other transactions contemplated herein or in any other Credit Document or the exercise of any of their rights or remedies provided herein or in the other Credit
Documents, or (b) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials in the Environment relating in any way to any Real Property owned, leased or operated, at any time, by the Borrower; the generation, storage, transportation, handling,
Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials by the Borrower at any location, whether or not owned, leased or operated by the Borrower; the non-compliance by the Borrower with any Environmental Law (including applicable permits thereunder)
applicable to any Real Property; or any Environmental Claim asserted against the Borrower or relating in any way to any Real Property at any time owned, leased or operated by the Borrower, including, in each case, without limitation, the reasonable
fees and disbursements of counsel and other consultants incurred in connection with any such investigation, litigation or other proceeding (but excluding in each case any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (i) to the extent
incurred by reason of the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the applicable Indemnified Person or the directors, officers and employees of such Person, (ii) to the extent incurred by reason of any material breach of the
obligations of such Indemnified Person under this Agreement or the other Credit Documents (in the case of each of preceding clauses (i) and (ii), as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision) or
(iii) that do not involve or arise from an act or omission by the Borrower or Guarantors or any of their respective affiliates and is brought by an Indemnified Person (other than claims against any Agent in its capacity as such or in its
fulfilling such role. To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, pay or hold harmless any Agent or any Lender or other Indemnified Person set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law or public
policy, the Credit Parties shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the indemnified liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. 
 (b) No Agent or any Indemnified Person shall be responsible or liable to any Credit Party or any other Person for (x) any determination made by it pursuant to this Agreement or any other Credit
Document in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of such Indemnified Person (in each case, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment), (y) any damages
arising from the use by others of information or other materials obtained through electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission systems or (z) any indirect, special, exemplary, incidental, punitive or consequential damages
(including, without limitation, any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings) which may be alleged as a result of this Agreement or any other Credit Document or the financing contemplated hereby. 

  
 -58-

 (c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and
hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnified Person, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this
Agreement, any other Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Term Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnified Person referred to in subsection
(a) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnified Person through telecommunications, electronic or other
information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
such Indemnified Person as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph shall not limit the obligation of the Borrower to indemnify each Indemnified Person for any
liabilities or damages incurred by such Indemnified Person that are asserted against such Indemnified Person by a third party that are payable by the Borrower pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section. 

(d) The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the
termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations. 
 13.02 Right of
Setoff. In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law or otherwise, and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and
each Lender is hereby authorized at any time or from time to time, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind to any Credit Party or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to
appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special) (other than accounts used exclusively for payroll, payroll taxes, fiduciary and trust purposes, and employee benefits) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by the
Administrative Agent or such Lender (including, without limitation, by branches and agencies of the Administrative Agent or such Lender wherever located) to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against and on account of the Obligations
and liabilities of the Credit Parties to the Administrative Agent or such Lender under this Agreement or under any of the other Credit Documents, including, without limitation, all interests in Obligations purchased by such Lender pursuant to
Section 13.06(b), and all other claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected with this Agreement or any other Credit Document, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have made any
demand hereunder and although said Obligations, liabilities or claims, or any of them, shall be contingent or unmatured. 

13.03 Notices. 
 (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile) and mailed, faxed or delivered: if to any Credit
Party, c/o OCI Beaumont LLC, P.O. Box 1647, 5470 N. Twin City Hwy., Nederland, Texas 77627, Attention: Contracts Manager; Facsimile No.: (832) 747-9969; with a copy to Capital Corporate Services, 800 Brazos, Suite 400, Austin, TX 78701; with an
additional copy to Orascom Construction Industries, Group Corporate Treasury, 2005A Corniche El Nil, Nile City South Tower, Cairo, Egypt, 11221, Attention: Dalia Khorshid / Hussein Marei; Facsimile No.: +202 2461 9409; and if to the Administrative
Agent, at the Notice Office; or, as to any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto and, as to each Lender, at such other address as shall be
designated by such Lender in a written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, faxed or sent by overnight courier, be effective when deposited in the mails, delivered to overnight
courier, as the case may be, or sent by facsimile, except that notices and communications to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall not be effective until received by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, as the case may be. 

  
 -59-

 (b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished
by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the
applicable Lender. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or Holdings may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it;
provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. 
 (c) THE PLATFORM IS
PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS (AS DEFINED HEREIN) OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY
FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM
VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any Affiliate, officer, director, employee, agent or investment advisor of any of the
foregoing (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to Holdings, the Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise)
arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to Holdings, the
Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages). 
 13.04 Benefit of Agreement; Assignments; Participations, etc. 
 (a) This
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto; provided, however, that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights,
obligations or interest hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and Lenders and, provided, further, that, although any Lender may transfer, assign or grant participation in its rights hereunder, such
Lender shall remain a “Lender” for all purposes hereunder (and may not transfer or assign all or any portion of its Commitments hereunder except as provided in Sections 2.13 and 13.04(b)) and the transferee, assignee or
participant, as the case may be, shall not constitute a “Lender” hereunder and, provided, further, that no Lender shall transfer or grant any participation under which the participant shall have rights to approve any
amendment to or waiver of this Agreement or any other Credit Document except to the extent such amendment or waiver would (i) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Term Loan or Note in which such participant is participating, or reduce the
rate or extend the time of payment of interest or Fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of the
participant’s participation over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory repayment of any Term Loan shall not constitute a change in the terms of such
participation, and that an increase in any Commitment (or the available portion thereof) or Term Loan shall be permitted without the consent of any participant if the participant’s participation is not increased as a result thereof),
(ii) consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, (iii) modify any of the voting percentages set forth in Section 13.12 or the underlying definitions,
(iv) except as otherwise expressly provided in the Security Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral under all the Security Documents supporting the Term Loans in which such participant is participating or (v) except
as otherwise provided in the Credit Documents, release all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty supporting the Loans in which such participant is participating. In the case of any such participation, the participant shall not have any
rights under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents (the participant’s rights against such Lender in respect of such participation to be those set forth in the agreement executed by such Lender in favor of the participant relating
thereto). The Borrower agrees that each participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 and 5.04 (subject to the limitations and requirements of such Sections) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired
its interest by assignment; provided, however, that a participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10 or Section 5.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to
receive with respect to the participation sold to such participant except to the extent such entitlement to a greater payment results from a change in law after the sale of the participation takes place. Each Lender that sells a participation shall,
acting solely for this purpose as a non-

  
 -60-

 
fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and interest amounts) of each participant’s
interest in the Term Loans or other obligations under the Credit Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including
the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any Commitments, Term Loan, or its other obligations under any Credit Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is to a
Governmental Authority and is necessary in connection with a Tax audit or other proceeding to establish that such Commitment, Term Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the U.S. Treasury Regulations. The
entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this
Agreement, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender (or any Lender together
with one or more other Lenders) may (x) assign all or a portion of its Commitments and related outstanding Obligations (or, if the Commitments with respect to the relevant Tranche have terminated, outstanding Obligations) hereunder to (i)(A)
its parent company and/or any Affiliate of such Lender which is at least 50% owned by such Lender or its parent company or (B) to one or more other Lenders or any Affiliate of any such other Lender which is at least 50% owned by such other
Lender or its parent company (provided that any fund, managed account or other entity that invests in loans and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor/manager of another fund, managed account or other entity which is a Lender
(or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor/manager) shall be treated as an Affiliate of such other Lender for the purposes of this subclause (x)(i)(B)) or (ii) in the case of any Lender that is a fund, managed account or other entity that
invests in loans, any other fund, managed account or other entity that invests in loans and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor/manager of any Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor/manager or (y) assign all, or
if less than all, a portion equal to at least $5,000,000 (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default then exists under Section 11.01 or 11.05, the Borrower, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in the aggregate for the assigning Lender or assigning Lenders, of such Commitments and related outstanding Obligations (or, if the Commitments with respect to the relevant Tranche have
terminated, outstanding Obligations) hereunder to one or more Eligible Transferees (treating any fund, managed account or other entity that invests in loans and any other fund, managed account or other entity that invests in loans and is managed or
advised by the same investment advisor/manager of such fund, managed account or other entity or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor/manager as a single Eligible Transferee for all purposes including without limitation the assignment fee
referenced below), each of which assignees shall become a party to this Agreement as a Lender by execution of an Assignment and Assumption Agreement, provided that (i) at such time, Schedule 2.01 shall be deemed modified to
reflect the Commitments and/or outstanding Term Loans, as the case may be, of such new Lender and of the existing Lenders, (ii) upon the surrender of the relevant Notes by the assigning Lender (or, upon such assigning Lender’s indemnifying
the Borrower for any lost Note pursuant to a customary indemnification agreement) new Notes will be issued, at the Borrower’s expense, to such new Lender and to the assigning Lender upon the request of such new Lender or assigning Lender, such
new Notes to be in conformity with the requirements of Section 2.05 (with appropriate modifications) to the extent needed to reflect the revised Commitments and/or outstanding Term Loans, as the case may be, (iii) the consent of the
Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default then exists under Section 11.01 or 11.05, the consent of the Borrower shall (in either case) be required in connection with any such assignment pursuant to clause
(y) above (which consents, in any such case, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the
Administrative Agent within 5 Business Days after having received notice thereof, (iv) the Administrative Agent shall receive at the time of each such assignment, from the assigning or assignee Lender, the payment of a non-refundable assignment
fee of $3,500, which the Administrative Agent may waive in its sole discretion and (v) no such transfer or assignment shall be effective until recorded by the Administrative Agent on the Register pursuant to Section 13.15. To the
extent of any assignment pursuant to this Section 13.04(b), the assigning Lender shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder with respect to its assigned Commitments and outstanding Term Loans. At the time of each assignment pursuant
to this Section 13.04(b) to a Person that is not already a Lender hereunder, such assignee shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower such Tax forms as are required to be provided under clauses (b) and (c) of
Section 5.04. To the extent that an assignment of all or any portion of a Lender’s Commitments and related outstanding Obligations pursuant to Section 2.13 or this Section 13.04(b) would, at the time of such
assignment, result in increased costs under Section 2.10 or 5.04 from those being charged by the assigning Lender prior to such assignment, then the Borrower shall not 

  
 -61-

 
be obligated to pay such increased costs (although the Borrower, in accordance with and pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement, shall be obligated to pay any other increased costs of
the type described above resulting from changes after the date of the respective assignment). 
 (c) [Reserved]. 

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including
under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations
hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. 
 (e) Each Lender acknowledges and
agrees to comply with the provisions of Section 13.04 applicable to it as a Lender hereunder. 
 (f) [Reserved].

 (g) If the Borrower wishes to replace the Term Loans or Commitments with Term Loans or Commitments having different terms, it
shall have the option, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and subject to at least three Business Days’ advance notice to the Lenders of such Term Loans or holding such Commitments, instead of prepaying the Term Loans or reducing or
terminating the Commitments to be replaced, to (i) require such Lenders to assign such Term Loans or Commitments to the Administrative Agent or its designees and (ii) amend the terms thereof in accordance with Section 13.12
(with such replacement, if applicable, being deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 13.12). Pursuant to any such assignment, all Term Loans and Commitments to be replaced shall be purchased at par (allocated among the applicable
Lenders in the same manner as would be required if such Term Loans were being optionally prepaid or such Commitments were being optionally reduced or terminated by the Borrower), accompanied by payment of any accrued interest and fees thereon and
any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.08. By receiving such purchase price, the applicable Lenders shall automatically be deemed to have assigned such Term Loans or Commitments pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Assumption
Agreement, in the form of Exhibit H, and accordingly no other action by such Lenders shall be required in connection therewith. The provisions of this paragraph are intended to facilitate the maintenance of the perfection and priority of existing
security interests in the Collateral during any such replacement. 
 13.05 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or
delay on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit Document and no course of dealing between the Borrower or any other Credit Party and
the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit Document preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights, powers and remedies herein or in any other Credit Document expressly provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers or
remedies which the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on any Credit Party in any case shall entitle any Credit Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other
circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand. 

13.06 Payments Pro Rata. 
 (a) The Administrative Agent agrees that promptly after its receipt of each payment from or on behalf of any Credit Party in respect of any Obligations of such Credit Party, it shall, except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement (including payments to be made to one Tranche), distribute such payment to the Lenders under the applicable Tranche (other than any Lender that has consented in writing to waive its pro rata share of such payment)
pro rata based upon their respective shares, if any, of the Obligations with respect to which such payment was received. 

  
 -62-

 (b) Each of the Lenders agrees that, if it should receive any amount hereunder (whether by
voluntary payment, by realization upon security, by the exercise of the right of setoff or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action, by the enforcement of any right under the Credit Documents, or otherwise) which is applicable to the
payment of the principal of, or interest on, the Term Loans or Fees with respect to a given Tranche, of a sum which with respect to the related sum or sums received by other Lenders is in a greater proportion than the total of such Obligation then
owed and due to such Lender bears to the total of such Obligation then owed and due to all of the Lenders under the applicable Tranche immediately prior to such receipt, then such Lender receiving such excess payment shall purchase for cash without
recourse or warranty from the other Lenders an interest in the Obligations of the respective Credit Party to such Lenders in such amount as shall result in a proportional participation by all of the Lenders in such amount; provided that if
all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from such Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of the preceding Sections
13.06(a) and (b) shall be subject to (x) the express provisions of this Agreement which permit disproportionate payments with respect to various of the Tranches as, and to the extent, provided herein, and (y) any other
provisions which permit disproportionate payments with respect to the Term Loans as, and to the extent, provided therein. 

13.07 Calculations; Computations. 
 (a) The financial statements to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant hereto shall be made and prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as set
forth in the notes thereto); provided that except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all computations of the Applicable Margin shall utilize U.S. GAAP and policies in conformity with those used to prepare the audited financial
statements of the Borrower referred to in Section 8.05(a)(i) for the fiscal year of the Borrower ended December 31, 2012; provided further, that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower wishes to
amend any leverage calculation or any financial definition used therein to implement the effect of any change in U.S. GAAP or the application thereof occurring after the Closing Date on the operation thereof (or if the Administrative Agent notifies
the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend any leverage test or any financial definition used therein for such purpose), then the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall negotiate in good faith to amend such leverage test or the
definitions used therein (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders) to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such changes in U.S. GAAP; provided, further that all determinations made pursuant to any applicable
leverage test or any financial definition used therein shall be determined on the basis of U.S. GAAP as applied and in effect immediately before the relevant change in U.S. GAAP or the application thereof became effective, until such leverage test
or such financial definition is amended. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be
made, without giving effect to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 141R or ASC 805 (or any other financial accounting standard having a similar result or effect). 
 (b) All computations of interest (other than interest based on the Prime Rate) and other Fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days (including the first
day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest or Fees are payable. All computations of interest based determined by reference to the Prime Rate shall be based on a 365-day or 366-day year, as the case may be.

 (c) The calculation of any financial ratios under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by
the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-down if there is no nearest number). 

  
 -63-

 13.08 GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

 (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER
SHALL, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THE RELEVANT SECURITY DOCUMENT, BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED HOWEVER, NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING OR ANY OTHER PROVISION CONTAINED IN
THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS SHALL GOVERN AS TO (I) WHETHER THE TRANSACTION EVIDENCED BY THIS AGREEMENT AND THE CREDIT DOCUMENTS TRANSFERS OR CREATES AN INTEREST IN TEXAS REAL PROPERTY FOR
SECURITY PURPOSES OR OTHERWISE, (II) THE NATURE OF AN INTEREST IN TEXAS REAL PROPERTY THAT IS TRANSFERRED OR CREATED BY SUCH TRANSACTION, (III) THE METHOD FOR FORECLOSURE OF A LIEN ON ANY REAL PROPERTY SITUATED IN TEXAS SECURING PAYMENT OF THE
OBLIGATIONS, (IV) THE NATURE OF AN INTEREST IN ANY SUCH REAL PROPERTY THAT RESULTS FROM FORECLOSURE OF ANY SUCH LIEN, (V) THE MANNER AND EFFECT OF RECORDING OR FAILING TO RECORD EVIDENCE OF SUCH TRANSACTION THAT TRANSFERS OR CREATES AN INTEREST
IN ANY SUCH REAL PROPERTY AND (VI) THE PERFECTION, THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OR NONPERFECTION, AND THE PRIORITY OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN AGRICULTURAL LIENS TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED UNDER SECTIONS 9.301 THROUGH 9.307 OF THE TEXAS BUSINESS &
COMMERCE CODE (AS CONTEMPLATED IN SECTION 1.301(c) OF THE TEXAS BUSINESS & COMMERCE CODE). REAL PROPERTY SITUATED IN THE OUTER CONTINENTAL SHELF OR REAL PROPERTY (SUCH AS MINERAL LEASES) ARISING OUT OF REAL PROPERTY IN THE OUTER CONTINENTAL
SHELF, WHICH REAL PROPERTY IN THE OUTER CONTINENTAL SHELF IS DEEMED ADJACENT TO THE STATE OF TEXAS PURSUANT TO THE OUTER CONTINENTAL SHELF LANDS ACT, SHALL BE DEEMED TEXAS REAL PROPERTY OR REAL PROPERTY SITUATED IN TEXAS FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION
13.08.ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT (EXCEPT THAT, (X) IN THE CASE OF ANY MORTGAGE OR OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENT, PROCEEDINGS MAY ALSO BE BROUGHT BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR COLLATERAL
AGENT IN THE STATE IN WHICH THE RELEVANT MORTGAGED PROPERTY OR COLLATERAL IS LOCATED OR ANY OTHER RELEVANT JURISDICTION AND (Y) IN THE CASE OF ANY BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY OR SIMILAR PROCEEDINGS WITH RESPECT TO ANY CREDIT PARTY, ACTIONS OR
PROCEEDINGS RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURT HOLDING SUCH BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY OR SIMILAR PROCEEDINGS) SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, IN EACH CASE WHICH ARE LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR THERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND
IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER IT, AND AGREES NOT TO
PLEAD OR CLAIM, IN ANY LEGAL ACTION PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS, THAT SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER IT. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO
THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO SUCH PARTY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH OPPOSITE
ITS SIGNATURE BELOW, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING COMMENCED HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS WAS IN ANY WAY INVALID OR INEFFECTIVE. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO
COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST ANY OTHER SUCH PARTY IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. 

  
 -64-

 (b) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER
HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (a) ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. 
 (c) EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER CREDIT
DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. 
 13.09 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. A set of counterparts
executed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. 
 13.10 [Reserved].

 13.11 Headings Descriptive. The headings of the several Sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement. 
 13.12
Amendment or Waiver; etc. 
 (a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document nor any terms hereof or thereof may
be changed, waived, discharged or terminated unless such change, waiver, discharge or termination is in writing signed by the Credit Parties party hereto or thereto and the Required Lenders and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent (although
additional parties may be added to (and annexes may be modified to reflect such additions) the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof without the consent of the other Credit Parties party thereto or the Required
Lenders), provided that no such change, waiver, discharge or termination shall (i) without the prior written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, extend the final scheduled maturity of any Term Loan or Note, or
reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or Fees thereon (except in connection with applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or reduce or forgive the principal amount thereof, (ii) except as otherwise
expressly provided in the Security Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral under all the Security Documents without the prior written consent of each Lender, (iii) except as otherwise provided in the Credit Documents,
releases all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty without the prior written consent of each Lender, (iv) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 13.12(a) or Section 13.06, in each case, without
the prior written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, (v) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders without the prior written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected
thereby, or (vi) consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the consent of each Lender; provided, further, that no such change, waiver, discharge or
termination shall (1) increase the Commitments of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of
Default or of a mandatory reduction in the Total Term Loan Commitment shall not constitute an increase of the Commitment of any Lender, and that an increase in the available portion of any Commitment of any Lender shall not constitute an increase of
the Commitment of such Lender), (2) without the consent of each Agent adversely affected thereby, amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 12 or any other provision as same relates to the rights or obligations of such Agent,
(3) without the consent of Collateral Agent, amend, modify or waive any provision relating to the rights or obligations of the Collateral Agent, (4) without the consent of the Majority Lenders of each Tranche which is being allocated a
lesser prepayment, repayment or commitment reduction, alter the required application of any prepayments or repayments (or commitment reduction), as between the various Tranches, pursuant to Section 5.01 or 5.02 (although the
Required Lenders may waive, in whole or in part, any such prepayment, repayment or commitment reduction, so long as the application, as amongst the various Tranches, of any such prepayment, repayment or commitment reduction which is still required
to be made is not altered) or (5) without the consent of the Majority Lenders of the respective Tranche affected thereby, amend the definition of Majority Lenders. 

  
 -65-

 (b) If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of any of
the provisions of this Agreement as contemplated by clauses (i) through (v), inclusive, of the first proviso to Section 13.12(a), the consent of the Required Lenders or Majority Lenders of a given Tranche, as applicable, is obtained
but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained, then the Borrower shall have the right, so long as all non-consenting Lenders whose individual consent is required are treated as described in either
clauses (A) or (B) below, to either (A) replace each such non-consenting Lender or Lenders under a given Tranche with one or more Replacement Lenders pursuant to Section 2.13 so long as at the time of such replacement,
each such Replacement Lender consents to the proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination or (B) terminate such non-consenting Lender’s Commitments and/or repay the outstanding Term Loans of each applicable Tranche of such Lender in
accordance with Section 5.01(b), provided that, unless the Commitments that are terminated, and Term Loans repaid, pursuant to the preceding clause (B) are immediately replaced in full at such time through the addition of new
Lenders or the increase of outstanding Term Loans of existing Lenders (who in each case must specifically consent thereto), then in the case of any action pursuant to preceding clause (B) the Required Lenders (determined after giving effect to
the proposed action) or Majority Lenders of a given Tranche, as applicable, shall specifically consent thereto. 
 (c)
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13.12 to the contrary, in connection with the incurrence by any Credit Party thereof of additional Indebtedness, including pursuant to Section 10.04(iv), the Lenders authorize the
Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent agrees to execute and deliver any amendments, amendments and restatements, re-statements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, any Security Document, and to make or consent to
any filings or take any other actions in connection therewith, including the entry into the intercreditor agreement referred to in Section 10.01(xiv), as may be reasonably deemed by the Borrower to be necessary or reasonably desirable
for any Lien on the assets of any Credit Party permitted to secure such additional Indebtedness to become a valid, perfected lien (with such priority as may be designated by the relevant Credit Party or Subsidiary, to the extent such priority is
permitted by the Credit Documents) pursuant to the Security Document being so amended, amended and restated, restated, waived, supplemented or otherwise modified or otherwise. 
 (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clause (a) above of this Section 13.12, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of each Lender
(unless at such time Term Loans are held by Lenders who are not affiliates of any Lead Arranger, in which case, the Required Lenders), the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, (x) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this
Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the Term Loan and
the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (y) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any fee letter may be amended, or rights and privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. 

(f) Without the consent of any other person, the applicable Credit Party or Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral
Agent may (in its or their respective sole discretion, or shall, to the extent required by any Credit Document) enter into any amendment or waiver of any Credit Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to effect the granting,
perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Guarantee Creditors, or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any
security interest for the benefit of the Guaranteed Creditors, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable requirements of Law. 
 (g) Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.12, if following the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent and any Credit Party shall have jointly
identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Credit Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Credit Parties shall be permitted to amend such provision and
such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Credit Documents if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice
thereof. 

  
 -66-

 13.13 Survival. All indemnities set forth herein including, without limitation, in
Sections 2.10, 2.11, 5.04, 12.07 and 13.01 shall survive the execution, delivery and termination of this Agreement and the Notes and the making and repayment of the Obligations. 

13.14 Domicile of Term Loans. Each Lender may transfer and carry its Term Loans at, to or for the account of any office,
Subsidiary or Affiliate of such Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent that a transfer of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 13.14 would, at the time of such transfer, result in increased costs
under Section 2.10, 2.11 or 5.04 from those being charged by the respective Lender prior to such transfer, then the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such increased costs (although the Borrower shall be obligated to
pay any other increased costs of the type described above resulting from changes after the date of the respective transfer). 

13.15 Register. The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent to serve as its agent, solely for purposes of this
Section 13.15, to maintain a register (the “Register”) on which it will record the Commitments from time to time of each of the Lenders, the Term Loans made by each of the Lenders and each repayment in respect of the
principal and interest amounts of the Term Loans of each Lender. Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for
all purposes of this Agreement (and the entries in the Register shall be conclusive for such purposes, absent manifest error), notwithstanding notice to the contrary. With respect to any Lender, the transfer of the Commitments of, and the principal
(and interest) amounts of the Term Loans owing to, such Lender and the rights to the principal of, and interest on, any Term Loan made pursuant to such Commitments shall not be effective until such transfer is recorded on the Register maintained by
the Administrative Agent with respect to ownership of such Commitments and Term Loans and prior to such recordation all amounts owing to the transferor with respect to such Commitments and Term Loans shall remain owing to the transferor. The
registration of assignment or transfer of all or part of any Commitments and Term Loans shall be recorded by the Administrative Agent on the Register upon and only upon the acceptance by the Administrative Agent of a properly executed and delivered
Assignment and Assumption Agreement pursuant to Section 13.04(b). Coincident with the delivery of such an Assignment and Assumption Agreement to the Administrative Agent for acceptance and registration of assignment or transfer of all or
part of a Term Loan, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the assigning or transferor Lender shall surrender the Note (if any) evidencing such Term Loan, and thereupon one or more new Notes in the same aggregate principal amount shall be issued to
the assigning or transferor Lender and/or the new Lender at the request of any such Lender. 
 13.16 Confidentiality.

 (a) Subject to the provisions of clause (b) of this Section 13.16, each Agent, Joint Lead Arranger,
Syndication Agent, Documentation Agent and Lender agrees that it will use its commercially reasonable efforts not to disclose without the prior consent of the Borrower (other than to its employees, auditors, advisors or counsel or to another Lender
if such Lender or such Lender’s holding or parent company in its sole discretion determines that any such party should have access to such information, provided such Persons shall be instructed to maintain the confidential nature of such
information) any information with respect to the Borrower which is now or in the future furnished pursuant to this Agreement or any other Credit Document, provided that any Lender may disclose any such information (i) as has become
generally available to the public other than by virtue of a breach of this Section 13.16(a) by such Lender, (ii) as may be required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to any municipal, state or Federal
regulatory body having or claiming to have jurisdiction over such Lender or to the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or similar organizations (whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their successors,
(iii) as may be required or appropriate in respect to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any litigation, (iv) in order to comply with any law, order, regulation or ruling applicable to such Lender, (v) to the Administrative
Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other party hereto, (vi) to any prospective or actual direct or indirect contractual counterparty in any swap, hedge or similar agreement (or to any such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor),
so long as such contractual counterparty (or such professional advisor) agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 13.16 (or language substantially similar to 

  
 -67-

 
this Section 13.16(a)), (vii) to any prospective or actual transferee, pledgee or participant in connection with any contemplated transfer, pledge or participation of any of the
Notes or Commitments or any interest therein by such Lender, provided that such prospective transferee, pledge or participant agrees to be bound by the confidentiality provisions contained in this Section 13.16 (or language
substantially similar to this Section 13.16(a)), (viii) in connection with exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Credit Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or
the enforcement of rights hereunder and thereunder; (ix) as has become available on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower, and (x) on a confidential basis to (a) any rating agency in connection with rating the
Borrower or the credit facilities provided hereunder or (b) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the credit facilities
provided hereunder; provided, further, that, to the extent permitted pursuant to any applicable law, order, regulation or ruling, and other than in connection with credit and other bank examinations conducted in the ordinary course
with respect to such Lender, in the case of any disclosure pursuant to the foregoing clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv), such Lender will use its commercially reasonable efforts to notify the Borrower in advance of such disclosure so as to afford the
Borrower the opportunity to protect the confidentiality of the information proposed to be so disclosed. 
 (b) The Borrower
hereby acknowledges and agrees that each Lender may share with any of its Affiliates, and such Affiliates may share with such Lender, any information related to Holdings or the Borrower (including, without limitation, any non-public customer
information regarding the creditworthiness of Holdings or the Borrower), provided such Persons shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 13.16 to the same extent as such Lender. 

13.17 USA Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender hereby notifies each Credit Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT
Act Title III of Pub. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001 and amended on March 9, 2009) (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies Holdings and the Borrower, which
information includes the name of each Credit Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Credit Party in accordance with the Patriot Act, and each Credit Party agrees to provide such information from time to time to any
Lender. 
 13.18 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,”
“signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption Agreement or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the
keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided
for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 13.19 [Reserved]. 
 13.20 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification
hereof or of any other Credit Document), each of the Borrower and Holdings acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by
the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Collateral
Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers, on the other hand, (B) each of the Borrower and Holdings has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each of the Borrower and
Holdings is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the
Joint Lead Arrangers each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower and Holdings
or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) none of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Joint Lead Arrangers has any obligation to the Borrower and Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates with
respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the 

  
 -68-

 
Collateral Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and
Holdings and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Joint Lead Arrangers has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower and Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrower and Holdings hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers with respect to any breach or
alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby. 
 13.21 MLP
Set-Up Transactions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Credit Documents, nothing therein shall prohibit the MLP Set-Up Transactions. 
 13.22 Separate Tranches. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Credit Documents, the Agents, the Lenders and the Guaranteed Creditors hereby agree and acknowledge that the Term B-1
Facility and the Term B-2 Facility shall be deemed to be separate and distinct obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors and separate facilities for purposes of the Credit Documents (it being understood that nothing in this
Section 13.22 shall be deemed to affect any provisions which expressly apply to all Tranches of Term Loans), including the pari passu nature of security thereon. 
 Section 14. Holdings Guaranty. 
 14.01 The Guaranty. In order
to induce the Agents, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit hereunder, and to induce the other Guaranteed Creditors to enter into Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreements and Designated Treasury
Services Agreements in recognition of the direct and indirect benefits to be received by Holdings from the proceeds of the Term Loans and the entering into of such Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreements and Designated Treasury Services
Agreements, Holdings hereby agrees with the Guaranteed Creditors as follows: Holdings hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees as primary obligor and not merely as surety the full and prompt payment when due, whether upon maturity,
acceleration or otherwise, of any and all of its Obligations to the Guaranteed Creditors. If any or all of the Obligations of Holdings to the Guaranteed Creditors becomes due and payable hereunder, Holdings, unconditionally and irrevocably, promises
to pay such indebtedness to the Administrative Agent and/or the other Guaranteed Creditors, or order, on demand, together with any and all expenses which may be incurred by the Administrative Agent and the other Guaranteed Creditors in collecting
any of the Obligations. This Holdings Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection. This Holdings Guaranty is a continuing one and all liabilities to which it applies or may apply under the terms hereof shall be conclusively presumed to
have been created in reliance hereon. If claim is ever made upon any Guaranteed Creditor for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received in payment or on account of any of the Obligations and any of the aforesaid payees repays all or
part of said amount by reason of (i) any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over such payee or any of its property or (ii) any settlement or compromise of any such claim effected by such payee
with any such claimant (including the Borrower), then and in such event Holdings agrees that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement or compromise shall be binding upon Holdings, notwithstanding any revocation of this Holdings Guaranty or any
other instrument evidencing any liability of any the Borrower, and Holdings shall be and remain liable to the aforesaid payees hereunder for the amount so repaid or recovered to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by
any such payee. 
 14.02 Bankruptcy. Additionally, Holdings unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the payment of any
and all of its Obligations to the Guaranteed Creditors whether or not due or payable by the Borrower upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 11.05, and irrevocably and unconditionally promises to pay such
indebtedness to the Guaranteed Creditors, or order, on demand, in lawful money of the United States. 
 14.03 Nature of
Liability. The liability of Holdings hereunder is primary, absolute and unconditional, exclusive and independent of any security for or other guaranty of the Obligations, whether executed by any other guarantor or by any other party, and
Holdings understands and agrees, to the fullest extent permitted under law, that the liability of Holdings hereunder shall not be affected or impaired by (a) any direction as to application of payment by the Borrower or by any other party, or
(b) any other continuing or other guaranty, undertaking or maximum liability of a guarantor or of any other party as to the Obligations, or (c) any payment on or in reduction of any such other guaranty or undertaking (other than payment in
cash of the Obligations), or (d) any dissolution, termination or 

  
 -69-

 
increase, decrease or change in personnel by the Borrower, or (e) any payment made to any Guaranteed Creditor on the Obligations which any such Guaranteed Creditor repays to the Borrower
pursuant to court order in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other debtor relief proceeding, and Holdings waives any right to the deferral or modification of its obligations hereunder by reason of any such proceeding, or
(f) any action or inaction by the Guaranteed Creditors as contemplated in Section 14.05, or (g) any invalidity, irregularity or enforceability of all or any part of the Obligations or of any security therefor. 

14.04 Independent Obligation. The obligations of Holdings hereunder are independent of the obligations of any other guarantor, any
other party or the Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Holdings whether or not action is brought against any other guarantor, any other party or the Borrower and whether or not any other guarantor, any
other party or the Borrower be joined in any such action or actions. Holdings waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof. Any payment by the
Borrower or other circumstance which operates to toll any statute of limitations as to the Borrower shall operate to toll the statute of limitations as to Holdings. 
 14.05 Authorization. To the fullest extent permitted under law, Holdings authorizes the Guaranteed Creditors without notice or demand, and without affecting or impairing its liability hereunder,
from time to time to: 
 (a) change the manner, place or terms of payment of, and/or change or extend the time of
payment of, renew, increase, accelerate or alter, any of the Obligations (including any increase or decrease in the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest or fees thereon), any security therefor, or any liability incurred directly or
indirectly in respect thereof, and this Holdings Guaranty shall apply to the Obligations as so changed, extended, renewed or altered; 
 (b) take and hold security for the payment of the Obligations and sell, exchange, release, impair, surrender, realize upon or otherwise deal with in any manner and in any order any property by whomsoever
at any time pledged or mortgaged to secure, or howsoever securing, the Obligations or any liabilities (including any of those hereunder) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, and/or any offset there against; 

(c) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Borrower, any other Credit Party or others or otherwise act
or refrain from acting; 
 (d) release or substitute any one or more endorsers, guarantors, the Borrower, other
Credit Parties or other obligors; 
 (e) settle or compromise any of the Obligations, any security therefor or
any liability (including any of those hereunder) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, and may subordinate the payment of all or any part thereof to the payment of any liability (whether due or not) of the Borrower to its
creditors other than the Guaranteed Creditors; 
 (f) apply any sums by whomsoever paid or howsoever realized to
any liability or liabilities of the Borrower to the Guaranteed Creditors regardless of what liability or liabilities of the Borrower remain unpaid; 
 (g) consent to or waive any breach of, or any act, omission or default under, this Agreement, any other Credit Document, any Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreement, any Designated Treasury Services
Agreement or any of the instruments or agreements referred to herein or therein, or otherwise amend, modify or supplement this Agreement, any other Credit Document, any Designated Interest Rate Protection Agreement, any Designated Treasury Services
Agreement or any of such other instruments or agreements; and/or 
 (h) take any other action which would, under
otherwise applicable principles of common law, give rise to a legal or equitable discharge of Holdings from its liabilities under this Holdings Guaranty. 

  
 -70-

 14.06 Reliance. It is not necessary for any Guaranteed Creditor to inquire into the
capacity or powers of the Borrower or the members, managers, officers, directors, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on its behalf, and any Obligations made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be
guaranteed hereunder. 
 14.07 Subordination. Any indebtedness of the Borrower now or hereafter owing to Holdings is
hereby subordinated to the Obligations of the Borrower owing to the Guaranteed Creditors; and if the Administrative Agent so requests at a time when an Event of Default exists, all such indebtedness of the Borrower to Holdings shall be collected,
enforced and received by Holdings for the benefit of the Guaranteed Creditors and be paid over to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Guaranteed Creditors on account of the Obligations of the Borrower to the Guaranteed Creditors, but without
affecting or impairing in any manner the liability of Holdings under the other provisions of this Holdings Guaranty. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Holdings hereby agrees with the Guaranteed Creditors that it will not exercise any
right of subrogation which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Holdings Guaranty (whether contractual, under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise) until all Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full in cash.

 14.08 Waiver. 
 (a) Holdings waives (except as shall be required by applicable law and cannot be waived) any right to require any Guaranteed Creditor to (i) proceed against the Borrower, any other guarantor or any
other party, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party or (iii) pursue any other remedy in any Guaranteed Creditor’s power whatsoever. Holdings waives any defense
(except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived) based on or arising out of (i) any defense of the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, other than payment of the Obligations to the extent of such payment,
based on or arising out of the disability of the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other party, or the validity, legality or unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability
of the Borrower other than payment of the Obligations to the extent of such payment, (ii) non-perfection or release of collateral in secured transactions or (iii) any other circumstance that might constitute a defense of the Borrower or
Holdings. The Guaranteed Creditors may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Guaranteed Creditor by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of
any such sale is commercially reasonable (to the extent such sale is permitted by applicable law), or exercise any other right or remedy the Guaranteed Creditors may have against the Borrower or any other party, or any security, without affecting or
impairing in any way the liability of Holdings hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been paid. Holdings waives, to the fullest extent permitted under law, any defense arising out of any such election by the Guaranteed Creditors, even
though such election operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of Holdings against the Borrower or any other party or any security. 

(b) Holdings waives, to the fullest extent permitted under law, all presentments, demands for performance, protests and notices,
including, without limitation, notices of nonperformance, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Holdings Guaranty, and notices of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional Obligations. Holdings
assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the
risks which Holdings assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of the other Guaranteed Creditors shall have any duty to advise Holdings of information known to them regarding such circumstances or risks.

 14.09 Maximum Liability. It is the desire and intent of Holdings and the Guaranteed Creditors that this Holdings
Guaranty shall be enforced against Holdings to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. If, however, and to the extent that, the obligations of Holdings under this
Holdings Guaranty shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable state or federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers), then the amount of Holdings’
obligations under this Holdings Guaranty shall be deemed to be reduced and Holdings shall pay the maximum amount of the Obligations which would be permissible under applicable law. 

  
 -71-

 14.10 Payments. All payments made by Holdings pursuant to this Section 14
will be made without setoff, counterclaim or other defense, and shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 5.03 and 5.04. 
 *    *    * 

  
 -72-

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their duly authorized officers to execute
and deliver this Agreement as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	OCI USA INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Kevin Struve
		 	Name: Kevin Struve
		 	Title: President and Secretary
	
	OCI BEAUMONT LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Frank Bakker
		 	Name: Frank Bakker
		 	Title: Vice President

 [Signature Page 2013 OCI Term Loan Agreement] 

 
			
	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
	as Administrative Agent
		
	By:	 	/s/ Edwin B. Cox
		 	Name: Edwin B. Cox, Jr.
		 	Title: Managing Director

 [Signature Page 2013 OCI Term Loan Agreement]

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00218-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00218-of-00352.parquet"}]]